Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2017 with funding from Getty Research Institute https://archive.org/details/babylonianlegalbOOpoeb THE BABYLONIAN EXPEDITION OF THE UXLVEESITY OF PENNSYLVANIA SERIES A: CUNEIFORM TEXTS EDITED BY H. V. HILPRECHT VOLUME VI, Part 2 ARNO POEBEL “ECKLEY BRINTON COXE, JUNIOR. FUND” PHILADELPHIA Published by the Department of Archaeology, University of Pennsylvania 1909 T he editor determines the material to constitute a volume and reports to the Committee of Publication on the general merits of the manuscript and autograph plates submitted lor publication ; but the Editor IS not responsible for the views expressed by the writer. BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS i^ROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON CHIEFLY FROM NIPPUR RV ARNO POEBEL, Ph.D. Formerly Harrison Research Fellow in Assyriology, University oj Pennsylvania GO Plates n} Autographed Texts and, ID Plates of Halftone lllnstrations PHILADELPHIA Published by the Department of Archaeology, University of Pennsylvania 1909 MacCalla & Co. Inc., Printers C. H. James, Lithographer Weeks Photo Engraving Co.. Halfton. illetttcit xtcx*chv‘tcn tVitltcxunt $clix‘cx*n ixxxt 0'ax‘l ^rii'ttx*ix*Tt-(ijxjxxtnasixtxxx }xt ©tscnaclt ^rof. ©r. 9^utiolf Jflex ^rof. ©r. august ©esterf)£lti ^rof. ©r. ©tto Himmermaun in jianlxtaiivrit nigecisnct EDITOHIAL PREFACE. In addition to the tablets dated in the reigns of kings of the first dynasty of Babylon, there have been included by Dr. Poebel in the present work nine cuneiform texts bearing the names of Bim-Sin and Wardi-Sin, of Larsam, which with several hundred others excavated in Nippur will constitute Volume V of Series A. Upon his application Dr. Poebel had likewise been entrusted with the publication of this volume, but unfortunately found it later impossible to carry out his original plans. In order to express their appreciation of Dr. Poebel’s work done while in Philadelphia, the Committee granted him permission to include in the pivsent publication the nine tablets referred to, reserv- ing for themselves, however, the right of republishing them in the proper volume. February 18, 1909. H. V. Hilprecht. PREFACE. The present book has grown out of a dissertation presented in 1906 l^y the writer to the Faculty of Philosophy of the University of Pennsylvania, as a candidate for the degree of Ph.D., under the original title: Sechsundzwanzig Altbabylonische Rechtsurkunden aus der Zed Hammurabis und Ammizadugas in Umschrift, Ueberset- zung und Kommentar, mit 8 Kopieii. Since it had been determined that the thesis should form the basis for a volume of The Babylonian Expedition of the University of Pennsylvania, I have consideraldy enlarged the work, the original portion of which, in the main, forms the contents of Chapter II of the present volume. The autograph copies have been made in Philadelphia and in Constantinople in the years 1906 and 1907. In the winter of 1907-08 I collated a large number of tablets in the Berlin Museum, which I made use of in the list of date-formulas. Unfortunately ni}-' time did not allow me to complete this undertaking, nor did I, as was my purpose, have an opportunity to collate the date-formulas on tablets in the British ]\Iuseum, which undoul)tedly would have yielded important results. The manuscript of this volume had been completed and delivered to the Editor in May, 1908; but owing to the fact that not only the writer, but also the Editor and the Committee were absent from Philadelphia during the summer months, the printing could not begin before November, 1908. It is a pleasant duty for me to publicly acknowledge here my heartiest thanks to those who have taken a kind interest in my studies, and who have supported me in the difficult and wearisome researches, a fruit of which is this work. I name especially the late Mr. Julius von Eichel-Streiber in Eisenach, Mr. Friedrich Georg von Eichel-Streiber in Eisenach, the Gvosshevzoglich Saechsische Staatsministerium, Departement des Knltus, and the Provost of the University of Pennsylvania, Dr. C. C. Harrison, the founder of the Harrison Research Fellowship, the occupancy of which I have greatly enjoyed. My sincere thanks are due also to Mr. W. L. King, for collating a number of passages on tablets in the British jMuseum; to his Excellency Ilamdi Bey. and Dr. [ix] X PREFACE. Halil Bey, and to Prof. Fr. Delitzsch, for allowing me to copy and collate tablets in the Museums of Constantinople and Berlin, and besides the other members of the Publication Committee of The Bahylonian Expedition of the University of Pennsyl- vania, especially to Mr. Eckley Brinton Coxe, Jr., through whose generosity the Fund has been founded and maintained which made possible the publication of this volume. Finally I feel greatly inde]:)ted to my friend. Prof. Albert T. Clay, of the University of Pennsylvania, who undertook to revise the English portions of my manuscript, and to the Editor, Prof. H. V. Hilprecht, who by his advice and kind assistance greatly facilitated my stay in Philadelphia as well as in Constantinople. Arno Poebel. Eisenach, January 28, 1909. o p LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. A Bu. 91-5-9, 2S1 (list of dates), published by Pinches in C. T., VI (pi. 9 and lOJ, and King in L. 1. II., Vol. II (Xo. 101). B British Museum Xo. 16924 (list of dates), published by King in L. I. H., ^Ml. II (Xo. 102). B. A Beitraege zur Assyriologie and Seiuitischen Siu’aclnvisscnschaft, edited Ijy F. llelitzseh and P. Haupt. B. A. P B. 5Ieissuer, Beitraege zum altbabylonischen Pri\'atrecht (= Assyriologisclie Bildiotliek, A'ol. XI). B. E The Babylonian Expedition of the Ihiiversity of Pennsylvania, edited l)y H. Y. Hilprecht, published b}' the University of Peiinsyh'ania. Berl Royal Museums in Berlin, ’\Mrderasiatisclie Abteilung. Br R. E. Brueunow, Classified List of all simple and compound Cuneiform Ideographs. C British ilusemu Xo. 80037 (list of dates), published by King in Chronicles concerning Early Baby- lonian Kings, Vol. I (Chap. VII). C. H Code of Hammurabi. C. T Crmeiform Texts from Babylonian Tablets, etc., in the British Museum, printed by order of the Trustees. Quotations as, e.g., VIII, 37b (p. 56) in the List of Date Formulas, refer to the respective volume of C. T., page and tablet. D iMuseum of Constantinople, Sippar 16 (list of dates), published by Lindl in B. A., Vol. R' (p. 342); Messersclnnidt in O. L. Z., 1907 (col. 169ff.), and King in Chronicles concerning Early Babylonian Kings, Vol. I (Chap. VII). E Berl. 5S00 (hst of dates), publi.shed by Ungnad in B. A., Vol. VI, pt. 3 (pp. 43-45). F Berl. 5691 (hst of dates), published by Ungnad, l.c., p. 46. Fr Th. Friedrich, Altbabylonische LTkimden aus Sippar (B. A., Vol. V). H. IV F. Dehtzsch, Assyrisches Handwoerterbuch. K Xanie of the king. K. B Keilinschriftliche Bibliothek, edited by Eberhard Schrader. L. I. H L. tv. King, Letters and Inscriptions of Hammurabi. M B. Meissner, Beitraege zum Altbabylonischen Privatrecht (see B. A. P.). Object of sale, exchange, etc. . L. Z Orientahstische Litteratur-Zeitung, edited by F. E. Peiser. P A. Poebel, Babylonian Legal and Business Documents, etc. (present volume of B. E.). Par iMuseum of the Louvre (collection of cuneiform tablets) in Paris. Phil Museum of Archaeology, University of Pemisylvania, Pliiladelphia. P. X H. Ranke, Early Babylonian Personal X'ames from the published tablets of the so-called Hammurabi Dynasty (B. E., Series D, Vol. III). P. S. B. A Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology. R H. Ranke, Babylonian Legal and Business Documents from the time of the first Dynasty of Babylon chiefly from Sippar (B. E., Series A, Vol. VI, part 1). I. R., etc Sir H. Rawlinson, The Cuneiform Inscriptions of 'Western .-Vsia, \ols. I-V. R. E. C F. Thureau-Dangin, Recherches sur Torigine de I’ccriture cimeifonno. Ire partic: i.es formes archaiques et leurs equivalents modernes, and Suppkhuent 5 la Ire partic. S J. X'. Strassmaier, Die altbabylonischen Ahrtraege aus 'Warka (Verhandlungen dcs 5. intcrnationalcn Orientalisten-Kongresses, pp. 31.5-364 and pis. 4-144). S. A. K. I F. Thureau-Dangin, Die sumerischen und akkadischen Koenig.dnschriften. S. B. H G. Reisner, Sumcrisch-babylonische Hynmen. X, Y, Z Xames of persons in the schemes. Z, A Zeitschrift fiir .\ssyriologie mid verwandte Gebiete, edited by C. Bezold. [xi] TKAN8CRIPTI0N OF SIGNS, The iiiunbers refer to Bruennow, Classified List. A auy ”, ami the noun shhnu. “purchase price.” As the phonetic value shunt given to the latter sign in Sh, 4 : 3 seems to have originated from shc-a-an. it is possible that the sign without a-an iiad some other pronunciation, perhaps she. Cf. also the complement a instead of mo. in 4.5 : 4. ^ For the pronunciation gu-numamu compare gii-nu-mti-ma, 10 : 36. The closing 1 of mol has disappeared by first becoming mouille and finally being dropped. The I mouilU is still preserved in vvitings like gu-nu {-um)-ma-ma-ia, C. T.. II, 14 : 15, IV, 17 : 15 (cf. Ranke, P. N., p. 12, note 2) and gu-nii-7na-7na-a-a{ = 7naua), P., IS : 13. The last furmshes a new instance for the reading of a-a as aiia. For another new example see note to Etitiugi-itiaiia. [3] 4 J5ABYL()NIAN LEGAL AXD BUSINESS DOCUMENTS (la 6 Si-U-’ Nin-I B duma E-lu-ti u '' Bin.-e-vi-ha-am. daniu '' Kn-ld-ni->iha, s(uj-hi. B i-li,- N ia-I B duma Bi-li-lahlar ki-e-hi e-sir Sin-li-di-ish durnu Azag-^^Nin-lB-sha e Im-(j'ur-’Nin-lB durnu I -ba-shar-ru-u ni shesh-gal Y '^Nin-I B-a-hi •^Nin-IB-ga-rnd shesh-a-ui duniu-niesh lAi-ga-tuni ii Ma-uu-tum ania-ue-uc b. kd I rnujur-' N in-I B '^Nin-I B-a-bi 1 '^Nin-lB-ga-niil u Ma-nu-tum ania-ne-iie-ta Y ‘^Bin-li-a'i-ir durnu E n-lil-nia-an-si-ge in-sh i-i7i-shain J3 . sha rn-til-Ia-b i-sh u. 4 nia-na 1 gm ku-babbar in-ne-en-I(i (/) V. a. d-kur-shu Irn-gur-'‘Nin-IB N in-IB-a-bi y ‘’Nin-IB-ga-rnil Y Ma-nu-tum arna-ne-ne u ibila-a-ne-ne a-na-nic-a-bi e-bi-sh a gu-riu-um-md-md-a b. rna liigal-bi in-pd{d) One sar 10 gin of built house/ iu which a door .... is standing, on one side adjoining the house of Silli-NinlB, son of EJ-Iu-ti, and Sin-eribarn, son of EUil-nishu, the front side towards Bdli-NinlB, son of Billi-Ishtar, the exit into the lane of Sin-lidish, son of Azag-NinlB: the house of Irngur-NinIB, son of Ibashar'rum, the eldest brother, of NinIB-abi (and) NinI Bujarnil, his brother, sons of Lu-cja-turn, and of Mariutum, their mother; from I tngur-NinlB, NinIB-abi, XinlB-garnil and Mnnutum, their mother, Sin-liwir, son of Erdd-tnansi, has bought it. As the complete purchase price he has paid them half a mine. In future I mgur-XinlB, XinIB-abi, X inlB-garnil, Manutum, their mother, and any heir of theirs shall make no claim to the house: by the name of the king they have sworn. ' E-dii-a = hltu (passive-intransitive ailjeetivo formation like hitu abtii, bitu luuhi) designates tlie ground as far as it is covered witli buildings. For its relation to i-knnkal and c-ki-shiib-bn see p. 12, note 1. For the expression “so much area ol Imilt house,’’ see remarks on Babylonian houses, pp. 2.5 and 20. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. O 2. Purchase of Field Property (31, 68). No. 68. A. a. ^ (bur) yaii a-shay yuy-she shay a-shay Did-'^Sm-na say-bi id A-bar-ri say-bi miri-kam-rna id Ba-i-kiim us-a-ra Sin-ha-zi-ir dim a-shay '^Babbar-an-did dumii '' Nin-lB-ya-tnd u I-da-tum diimu '^Nin-lB-ni-shu b. ki Babbar-an-dul u I-da-tum-ta Y '^N in-1 B-ra-hi-im-si-ri-im durnu ’^Nin-IB-ma-an-si-ye in-shi-in-sh‘dm B . sha m-t il-la-b i-sh il 12^ yin ku-babbar in-na-an~la{l) (\ a. u-kur-shu'^Babbar-an-dul 1-da-tuni u ibila-ne-ne a-na-me-a-bi a-shay-bi-shu (bur) yan yii-nu-uni-md-md-a b. mu luyal-bi in-pd(d)-de-esh Six acres of yuy-she-field, in the field Till-Sin, the front side (adjoining) the canal Abarri, the other front side the canal Baikum, with the long side adjoining Sin-hazir, the builder: the field of Babbar-andul, son of NinlB-yamil, and of Idatum, son of NinlB-mansi) from Babbar-andul and Idatum, etc. 3. Purchase of Endowed Temple Offices (7, 36). No. 36. Purchase of Temple Offices and House Property. A. a. nam-shutuy'^ nam-PA-e nam-lu-SHIM + GAR nam-NI-du nam-kisal-luh u nam-bur-shu-ma e '^Alar-tu niu-a i[ti]-2-ud-'20~kam bal-yub-ba El-lu-m[u-u]-shu For this reading see Thureau-Dangin, S'. A. K. /., p. 48, note 1. 6 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS -I- sar 5 gm e-du-a da e A-hd-'^ Mar-tu nam-skut'ug u e ha-la-ba Y El-lu-rnu-u-shu dumu Shamash h. ki El-lu-mu-u-shu dumu Si-U-‘ SJumiash-ta Y l-U-i-dm-7iam dumu Shamash-ge w-s/u-m-sham B . sliam-t d-la-hi-shu 4^ gm ku-hahbar rti-na-un-ld{l) C. a. u-kur-shu El-lu-mu-u-shu u ibila-a-ni a-na-me-a-bi na m-shutug e-'^ M ar-tu m:u-a iti-2-ud-2i)-kam u ^ sar 5 gin e-bi-shu b. gu-nu-uni-md-md-a nm lugal-bi in-pd{d) The offices of the pashishu, the temple superintendent, the caterer, the door- keeper, the court-cleaner and the stone-jar bearer (?) of the temple of Mar-tu for 2 months and 20 days in the year, the ... 2 of Ellumushu, ^ sar 5 gin of built house, the long side adjoining the house of Abd-Martu ] the pcishishu-offi.c‘e and the house, the inheritance of Ellumushu , son of Sdli-Shamash : from Ellumushu, son of SilU- Shauiasli, etc. An analysis of the purchase documents shows that they ahva}- s consist of three parts which follow each other in this order: A. The purchase proper; technical term: in-shi-in-s\vdm. B. 'J'he payment of the purchase price; technical term: iti-na-an-ld{l) . (\ The agreement regarding future claims concerning the object purchased, including the oath. A. The part which treats of the })urchase proper gives a. A description of the object l)ought, namely 1. With reference to its character as house property, garden, field, income, etc. 2. When real estate is in question, as to its site, by designating one or more of the boundaries and in some cases also the landmark, etc., Avhere the object purchased is situated. * Bal-giib-ha, the exact moaning of which is not clear, resumes the temple offices and the income attached to these. Pcrh.aps it must he analyzed balgub-ba (or baldu-ba), “the inherited a term which would correspond to hala-ba. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 7 3. As to the owner. h. Describes the transaction with the formula ki-Y-ta \ Z-ge | in-.s/u-m-sham. B. The payment of the purchase price is in all known instances recorded by the formula, sham-t il-la-hi-sh a | x g\)i kii-habbar j in-na-an-la{l) . ('. a. The agreement as to future claims is, that the seller, as well as his legal heirs, shall make no claim to the property in cpiestion. b. The oath is taken on the name of the king with the usual formula, 7nu lugal-bi in-pd{d). The name of the king is never given, and besides no allusion is made to the fact that a god was invoked.* The scrilies who drew up the documents made a very mechanical use of this scheme. Xot only did they never change the order of the three parts and employed the same phrases, but even the succession of the single groups of words was very rigidly observed,- so that the scheme took, as it were, the place of a mental formulary,^ into which it was only necessary to put the names of persons and olijects, the numliers and measures, etc. It is unnecessary to comment upon the great advantages which such a method had for the authorities and officials. The documents of this character from Nippur record the purchase of houses, fields and temple offices. The variations in the description of the object purchased are shown by the following: a. Purchase of house: So many sar and ghi e-du-a (e-kis-lah) da e X* e Y b. Field: So many gan a-shag (= species of field) shag a-shag ( = name of the landmark) sag-bi ' Nevertheless we may consider it beyond doubt that Ellil, the god of Nippur, played just the same role in oaths a.s Shamash in Sippar and Larsam, Marduk in Babylon, Urash in Dilmun, i.e., that he was mentioned in close connec- tion with the king who officiated as his plenipotentiary. Perhaps mentioning the latter made all allusion to the god superfluous. But it is also po.ssible that lugal here designates the chief god (of a city' or a person, as, e.g., Gud., Cyl. A, Col. V, 1. 10), although in Semitic it is rendered by' sharru (cf. No. 30 ;251, ntsh sharrim itmu), not In'lu. But notice the expre.ssion lugal-ur-bi, which might be translated “ the lord of both.” ^ Cf. the phrase: sha?n-til-la-bi-shu x. gin ku-hnbhar in-na-un-ld{l), and the ecpialh' constant Tell Sifr formula: X gin ku-babbar sham-til-la-ni-shu in-na-ld{l) . ^ A more distinct arrangement was arrived at by placing grammatical units (words or word groups) each on one line {e.g., simm-til-la-bi-shu, in-s/ti-in-sham), or by indenting the lines when the grammatical group covered more than one line (as especially with the kunya). A more extensive use of the indenting of lines seems to have been practised at Babylon, judging from the purchase deed C. T., VIII, 22c, where the verbs which close the divisions of the document — in-si-in-sliam, in-na-ati-ld{l) , iti-pd{d)-dc-mc-esh — are warped. ' No. 12 adds sag-bi X,, ki-e-bi e-sir X^-shii. 8 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS sag-bi min-kam-7na us-a-rd a-sliag Y c. Temple office: narri-x, 7ia7n-y, etc. e'‘ , 7717 i-a iti-m.-u(l-i\-kam hal-guh-ba Y The scheme which was employed in Nippur corresponds closely to those used in other parts of Babylonia, but it shows minor characteristic differences from them, as well as these latter schemes from each other, which the following talile will demon- strate. Nij)pur. A. a. Description of object b. ki-Y-tn Y 7j-ge hi-shi-i7i- ' (-esh) B . sha77i--til-la-bi-fy the name of the king he ( = either of them) has sworn. No. 37. Excluuigc of temple offices and fields. A. a. [nam-EA-e e-^^Nusku rnu-a ] [nani-lu-nig-KU-ba e-'^Nusku. ] [1 gan a-shag] gug-she shag a-shag ^Nin-lil-ld \hal-gub-^a Shu-7nu-uin-li-ib-shi dumu Ur-Du-azag-ga b . ki-ba-ga r-ra-b i-shu 3 gan a-shag a-gdr a-tu-GAB + LIS us-a-rd Shu-mu-um-li-ib-shi shesh-anii dumu Ur-D u-azag-ga a-shag Lu-E-shu-me-D U c. a-shag PA-lugal-dim-nam I u -lu -ra rn-sh i-in-ga r-ri-esh B. a. mu a-shag PA-lugal sd-nu-ub-dug-ga-ash }). 2 gm ku-bah)bar Y Eu-E-shu-me-l) U-ge Y Shu-mu-u m-li-ib-shi-ra in-ua-an-bur ('. u-kur-s]iu lu-Iu-ra gu-nu-md-md-a mu lugal-la ur-bi in-pd{d)-de-esh The office of the house superintendent of the temple of Xusku for months in the year, the office of the master of the wardrobe of the temple of Xusku for . . . . months in the year, 1 gan of f/f/y-s/fc field in the field of A' ffi/f/, the .... of Shumum-libshi, son of Ur-I)uazagga: as the equivalent 3 gan of field of the sarbatu landmark, with a longside adjoining Shionum-h'bshi, his brother, son of Ur-Duazagga. ' Sa-diig = kiishadn ; as compound sulistantive .yd-diig = salukku, “ass kinhilhi, “s|)oil.” ipssment,'’ “ tax," originally perhaps FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 17 the field of Lu-EshumeDU : field like‘ royal preferment^ , they have exchanged, one to the other. Because the field does not equal the royal preferment, Lu~EshumeDU has paid 2 shekels of silver to Shumum-Ubshi. In future shall one against the other make no claim; by the name of the king they have sworn. No. 59. Exchange of field and house. B. a. [ki-ha]~gar[-ra-bi~shu] [ ] sar [gin e-du-a u-ra] da e ^ S>in~[i\-t[u~ra-am shesh-a-ni] h sar e-dil-a bil4[a] da e Sin-i-tu-ra~am shesh-a[-ni] shag ku-ta-shsim ki Lugal~nig-si~(sd) (I) dum[u ] e Ad-da-dingir dumu Ilu-sukkal c. e-e a-shag-ga-dim-nam lu-lu-u-ra in-gar C. a. u-kur-shu lii-lu-ra nu-gi-gi-de b. mu lugal-la [ur~b]i i[n-pd(d)-de-esh] No. 11. A. a. 10 gin e-du-a da e Im-gu-u-a ush[ ybi-shii Y D[a-mi-iq]-i-li-shu u [N a-ru-u\b-tum dam-a-ni b. nam [N a-hi\-'^ Shamash ki-bi-\gar-r]a-hi-sku mu-na-an-si-mu-ne B. a. 10 gin e-du-a tur-e-a da e '^Babbar-he-gal Y Na-bi-"^ Shamash dumu Im-gu-u-a '■-dlm-nam = dim-na-a-an; or does nam = pifiatu mean “object of exchange?” ^ PA-LUG AL corresponds to PA -D/iVG/E, which either designates parm sha Hi ( — knsh) or parsu sha sharri (= garza ) ; cf. garza (or kush), 66 : 9. 3 IS BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS h. nam Da-mi-iq-i-ll-shu u N a-ru-uh-tum dam-a-ni k i-bi-gar-ra-h i-sJvu m-na-mi-si C. a. mu tur~e shu-ba{f)-ti{f)-esh b. Y Na-bi-^’Shamash iin m Da-mi- iq-h-li-shu ii Na-ru-ub-tum dam-a-ni 1 gva ku-babbar in-na-an-biir 1). a. u-kur-shd Id-lu-h g u- nu-ii m-md-md-a b. mu lugal-bi in-pd{d) After Damiq-ilishu and Nanibtum, his wife, had gi\Tii 10 gin of a liuilt house, adjoining the house of Imgua, for exchange to Nabi-Shamash, Nabi-Shamash, son of fmgua, has given 10 gin of a built house (and) courtyard for exchange to Damiq- ilishu and Narubtum, his wife. (But) because they have received the courtyard,^ Nabi-Shamash has paid 1 shekel of silver to Damiq-ilishu and Narubtum, his wife. In future shall one against the other make no claim; by the name of the king he (= each one) has sworn. The general plan of the documents of exchange differs considerably from that of the purchase and redem})tion documents, inasmuch as the exchange is not conceived as a twofold purchase, but as a mutual sale. Notice the authentication of the ex- change in No. 39 liy a repeated in-ua-an-si, “he has given,” the technical term for ‘ ‘to sell. ” There were two schemes in use at Nippur, one which keeps the two parallel actions of the exchange separate, and another which conceives lioth as one dihedral A. a. First object of exchange. t). Y-f/c Z-ra iu-na-au-s) B . 1: i-ba -ga r-ra -b i-sh u Second object of exchange. Z-ge A. a. First object of exchange. (0 Y) b. ki-ba-gar-ra-bi-sh u Second object of exchange. (0 Z) c. Oi 0.2 -dim-nam lu-Iu-ra in (sh i-in)-gar{-ri-csh) * Instead of built liouse. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 19 Y-ra iu-na-an-s) ('. mu ()■_. Oi sa-iu<-nb-(Iu(/-ya-aftli X (/)n ku-h(ihbar 'A-ye \-ra in-na-an-bur D. u-kur-shu lii-Iu-ra gu-rm-^na-nm-a }?(}( lugal-bi in-pa (d) ('ompare the schemes of documents I Tell Sifr {M 40). A. a. First obj. of exchange. sham-kii Y sha itti ishdmu b. bu-ha-ti-shu second ol)j. of exch. sham-ku Z sha itti i sha mu c. i-na mi-it-gur-ti-shu-nu e-e-dim Y a-na Z in-gar ('. h-kar-shu, etc. B. mu O 2 Oi sd-nu-ub-dug-ga-ash x giu ku-b(d)bar A-ge Y-ra in-na-an-bhr ('. u-kfir-shu lii-Iu-ra gu-nu-um-md- mci-a mu lugal-Ia ur-bi in-pd{d)-de-esh rom Tell Sifr and Sippar: Sip par. A. a. A-na bu-uh {itti) first obj. of exch. eqil Y b. Second olij. of exchange. eqil 7 j e. u-bi-ih-hu {a-na Z u-bi-ih-hu) B. a-na ] ira-tar-ti bit Y . . . ..diieilu kaspu Z a-na Y (’. u-k(er-shu, etc. Since the two objects of exchange seldom represent the same value, this class of documents usually adds the statement, that the party Mdiich gave the less valuable object paid an additional sum of money (or real estate, etc.). The technical term for ‘To pay” in such instances is not in-na-an-Id{I) , luit in-na-an-biir.'^ The same use of the term occurs in division documents.^ The oath is a mutual one, since both parties \vaive their rights. In the formula lu-lu-u-ra gii-nu-um-md-ma-a, the script io plena a(r) ma}^ be cited as a (not always occurring) characteristic of Nippur tablets. No. 59 has the formula lii-Iu-ra nu-qi-gi-de, ‘They shall not turn against one another.” 1 I.itPrully “t(j loosen, solve,” pnsharw, the corresponding nonn is nam-hur-ru . 2 Mu — Uni, mu — Ui, -which introdnees this part of the scheme, corresponds entirely to ashsliuin = oiia shum, which probably has been formed under the influence ])nr texts only nl-dS. 25 and 26, 52, 91) corresponds in its construction on the whole to that used in Nippur; A. a. Enumeration of the inheritance: ha-la Y X b. Enumeration of the inheritance : ha-la Y Y c. {dumu-me-esh Z, S. 52, 21) i-na mi-it-gu-ur-ti-shu-nu iz-ga-am i-du-u-ma ha-la e ad-da-a-ni ni-ba-e-ne B. u-kur-shu, etc. Here the future actual division is distinguished from the legal fixing of the respective shares. ‘ Tn mutual agreement they allotted the shares and shall (later on) divide the inheritance of the house of the fathers.” At Sippar, however, it was the custom to furnish the heirs with deeds, in which the portions of all persons participating in the division were not put down, but only the portion of the person for whom the document was drawn up, followed by an addition like this: mi-wi-ma an-ni-im | ha-la X | sha itti Y, Z, etc. | a-ah-hi-shu i-zu-zu zi-zu ga-arn-ru \ i-na ba-shi-tim sha i-li-a-am \ rni-it-ha-ri-ish i-zii-uz-zu | u-kur-shu lu-lu-ra gu-nu-um-md-md-a mu '^Babbar ^Marduk K lugal it-mu-u — '‘all this, the inheritance of X, which he divided with Y, Z, etc., his brothers, has been definitively allotted. The property which (later) shall turn up, they shall divide into equal parts,” etc. {R. 28), or mi-irn-ma an-ni-im \ ha-la X um-mi-shu ] sha Y itti ah-hi-shu il-ku-u ah-hu-shu | u-ul i-ra-ga-rnu-shum, R. 50b, 11-15, or the like. V. Adoption Documents (4, 24, 28, 57). No. 24. A. a. Y l-li-i-din-nam shesh-gal ii ll-li-um-ma-ti shesh-a-ni Y i^a-i-din-nam diimu Ib-ku-I shtar ' IV K., 1.3 : 16, ur-a-si-ga = rnitfiarish, “in the same way,” ishtenish {ur-bi = mithai'ish) , “in one (and the same) way” {Br. 112.59 and 11261); cf. mi-it-lia-ri-ish i-zu-uz-zu, S., 105 : 5, 6; R., 2S : 19, 23; C. //., 16 : 21, 22. The con- nection ur — sig occurs also in ka-ur-a ne-ui-si-ga , “who made them one mouth, subdued them” = mu-ush-te-cgh-mi, Samsu-iluna, li. .38 and 39 (more closely rendered by the phrase pii ishten ushashkin)] cf. also bal ka-ur-sig-ki. Warad-Sin, Canephore, 2 : 10. For the signification of mitfiurish cf. mifiru, “the equivalent, the same as.” For the reading ur .see ur-ri^esh = ish-te-nish, Reisner S. B. //., No. 44, Rev., 29 : 30. 28 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS ii Ku-ri-tum dam-a-7ii riam-(lwmu-7ii-sh.u ha-da-an-ri C. h. 7iam.-d)da-a-ni-shu i7i-yar{-ri-eshf) e a-shag nig-ga a-tia-me-a-bi shesh-gal sib-ta-na shu-ba-ab-te-gd-e-en ur-a-shu di-ga-bi ni-ba-e-rie a. u-kur-shu tukundi-bi [Y] l-li-i-din-nam shesh-gal u 1 -ll-iim-ma-ti shesh-a-ni Y E-a-i-diti-riam ad-da-na-ra V Ku-ri-tum ama-na-ra 7 ill ad-da-mu 7iu ama-mu ba-an-na-gu-esh e a-shag nig-ga a-7ia-me-a-bi ba-ra-e-ne-esh u kii-shu ba-ab-si-mu-ush b. 71 tukundi-bi Id-a-i-di7i-na77i u Ku-ri-tuni dam-a-ni Y I-li-i-di7i-7ia7n dumu-na-ra u l-U-um.-ma-ti shesh-a-7ii 71 u dumu-me ba-aii-na-gu-esh e a-shag 7iig-ga a-na-i7ie-a-bi ba-ra-e-ne-esh 71 1 7na-7ia kii-babbar 7ii-ld{l)-e-7ie D. she-ga-ne-ne-ta mu lugal-bi in-pd(d.)-de-esh Ili-idi7ma7n, the elder lirother, and lliiuumati, his brother, Ea-idiiuiam, son of Ibku-Ishta.r with Kuritum, his wife, has adopted as his children; his heirs he has made them. House, field and all property they shall divide into equal parts after the elder brother shall have received his preference portion. In future when IIi-idin)}a7)i, the elder brother, and Iliununati, his brother, say (either of them) to Ea-idiniiam, his ( - their) father, and to Kuritiwi, his ( = their) mother: “Not art thou my father,’’ “not art thou my mother,” they shall forfeit house, field and all property and shall be sold for money. But also when Ea-idi/uiafn or Kuritu)7}, his wife, say (either of them) to Ili-idinuam, his (= their) child, and to lliui7iniati, his brother: “Not art FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 29 thou our child,” they shall forfeit house, field and all property, and, in addition, shall pay one mine of silver. In mutual agreement they have sworn by the name of the king. No. 28. A. [Ib-]ku-sha dumu An-a[zag-!iha\ E-a-ta-a-a-ar dumu [••■•] na m- ih Ua-ni-sh u ha--an-d\a-ri\ B. a. ud nam-ibUa-ni-shu ba-an-da~ri-a 4 she-gur{f) har{?)-ra Ib-ku-sha ad-da-ni Y E-a-ta~a-a~ar in-SU b. a. gibd-bi-shu-a-an Ib-ku-sha ad-da{f) Y E-a-tu-ra-am dumu sal-nitalam-ni ( ) ii E-a-ta-a-a-ar dumu shu-ti-ra ( ) ha-la in-ne-en-ba 3. 15 gin e-dii-a da e Ib-ku-E-a dumu An-azag-sha 1 gan a-shag ‘^En-lil-gar-ra us-a-rd Ib-ku-E-a nig-gu-na e-a shu-ri-a-bi-shu ha-la-ba E-a-tu-ra-am y. 15 gin e-du-a da e E-a-tu-ra-am shesh-a-ni 1 gan a-shag En-ld-gar-ra us-a-rd E-a-tu-ra-am shesh-a-ni nig-gu-na e-a shu-ri-a-bi-shu ha-la-ba E-a-ta-a-a-ar shesh-a-ni C. a. she-gur 3 ma-na sig 3 qa id-gish d mu-u-a-shii she-gur 3 qa id-gish 3 ma-na sig d mu-u-a-shii Y £l-a-tu-ra-am ii j^-a-ta-a-a-ar Y Ib-ku-sha ad-da-na-ra in-na-ab-kal-la-gi-ne b. ibila lu nu-mu-na-ab-kal-la-gi nam-ibila-ni-ta ba-ra-e-ne D. she-ga-ne-ne-ta mu lugal-bi in-pd{d)-de-esh Ibkusha, son of Anazagsha, has adopted Ea-taiiar, son of (?) , as his heir. At the time when he adopted him as his heir, Ibkusha, his father, 30 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS has yiven{‘!) to Ea-taiiar four gar of interest grain. Again/ Ihkusha, the father, has distributed the inheritance to Ea-turam, the son by his wife, and to Ea-taiiar, the adopted son. 15 gin of built house, on one side adjoining the house of Ihku-Ea, son of Anzagsha; 1 acre of Enlil-garra field, lengthwise adjoining Ibku-Ea; of the property in the house one-half / the inheritance portion of Ea-turam. 15 gin of built house, lengthwise adjoining the house of Ea-turam, his brother; 1 acre of Enlil-garra field, lengthwise adjoining Ea-turam, his brother; one-half of the property in the house: inheritance portion of Eataiiar, his brother. 2| gur of grain, 3 mines of wool and 3 qa of oil as yearly payment'^ Ea-turam and Ea-taiiar shall each pay to Ihkusha, their father. The heir who will not pay his sustenance shall forfeit his heirship. In mutual agree- ment they have sworn by the name of the king. No. 57. A. Y T a^-ab-ha-la-du dwmu E-til-hi-'^ Shamash Y Be-el-ti-ia dam-a-ni Y H a-bil-a-hi nam-dumu-ne-ne-shu ba-an-da-ri B a. e a-sliag nig-ga e-a-gdl-la a-na-me-a-hi Y '^N in-lB-ga-mil shesh-gal sib~ta-na shu-ba-ab-te-gd ur-a-si-ga-hi ni-ba-e-ne b. a-ria kishib nam-ibila Y Ab-luni gala garza a-shag e it gish-sar Y H a-bil-a-hi Y ‘‘ N in-I B-ga-mil shesh-a-ni g u-nu- u m-md-md-a C. a. tukundi-bi Ta-ab-ba-la-du ii Be-el-ti-ia dam-a-ni Y a-bil-a-hi dumu-ni-ra ^ GibU-bi-shu-a-an, 10 : 20 gibil-bi-et:h-a-an, is composed of (= ana eshshiiiishu = “aufs neue'’) and tlie iterative clement a-an = 6m. The simple “auslaut” sh{u) as well as the compound “ausla^it” shuan — sham passed over into the Semitic Babylonian, the former as the common adverbial ending ish, ash, the latter as the iterative ending sham(ma) in esh-shi-sha-a7n-ma, “again, anew,” R. 6 ; 13; in umisham, “daily” and shattisham, “yearly.” Compare also fiar-shii-a-an, “on account of all this,” Samsu-ihina, 24. ‘ Shuria-bi-shd is an adverbial expression formed like gibil-bi-shii vith the postposition shii. The Sumerian con- struction can l)e rendered more closely in German: “ Das Hausgeraet zur Haelfte.” The determinative element bi in such ailverbial formations is rendered in the Semitic Babylonian by means of the possessive pronoun, e.^., a 7i« sihirlishu (to which compare in Hebrew Icbaddo) ® Cf. d-ynu-u-a, 29 : 10. ^ The value tu for SlIAR (from the Semitic tabu) ensues from the often occurring ba-al-ta-at = perm. fern. sing. Cf. No. 70 : 15; C. T., VI, 2(ia : 14, 30 : 20; VIII 20 c, g., etc. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 31 dumu nu-me-en ba{-e)-ne-in-gu-ush ^ ma-na ku-babhar ni-ld{l)-e-ne b. u tukundi-bi Ha-bil-a-hi Y T a-ab-ba-la-du u Be~el4i-ia ad-da nu-me-en ama nu-me-en ba-ne-en-gii-ush D UBBlN-al-tar-ru-ne kara-an-ni-ib-du-e u ku-shii ba-ab-si-mu-ne Tab-balatu, son of Etel-bi-Shamash, (and) Beltia, his wife, have adopted Habd-ahi as their son. House, field and all property that exists in the house, after NinlB- gamd, the elder brother, shall have received his preference portion, they shall divide into equal parts. To the sonship document of Ablum, the kalu-priest, the temple income, the field, the house and the garden of Habd-ahi, NinIB-gamd, his brother, shall make no claim. When Tab-balatu and Beltia, his wife, say to Habd-ahi, their son: ' ‘Son not art thou, ” they shall pay half a mine of silver. But when Habd-ahi says to Tab-balatu and Beltia: “Father not art thou, mother not art thou,”- they may mark him with the thumb-nail mark(?), put an unsalable slave’s mark upon him or even sell him for money. ‘ No. 4. A. a. Y A-wi-ir-tum dumu-sal Hu-pa-tum ki Hu-pa-tum ad-da-ni u Ru-ba-tum a7na-a-ni-ta Y Sha-lu-ur-tum dam 1 (piim)-'^ N annar-ge nam-dumu-sal-a-ni-shu ba-da-an-ri b. if gin ku-babbar ku-nam-ehi-a-ni-shu Y Sha-lu-ur-tum-ge IJu-pa-tum-ra in-na-an-lal ‘ Cf. dubbin mi~ni-in-AG-a | gdr-ra-ni (tlius instead of ashl) mi-ni-m-du-e \ u ku{-bnhb(ir)-ga-a!sh mi-ni-in-s), V R. 25, III, 26 : 28 = u-g[a-la]-ab-shu | ab-bu-ut-tmn i-sha-ak-kan-shu | m a-na kaspi i-na-am-di}i-shu. The enumerated procedures represent punishments of rising severity. C. II. ,8a : 43-5!) forbids in the case in question to sell for inonc\- and allows only the abuttam shakdnu. The grammatical correctness of the verbal forms in lis. 21-23 may 1)C doubted. Cf. also the wrong plural infi.x, resp. the wrong plural ending in bnnengush, li.s. 15 and 20. Perhaps we should read altarrude and babsimude and correspondingly alter the translation. 32 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS B. a. Y A-wi-ir-tum-ge KARA-LIL al-du-ni-mci h. Y Sha-lu-ur-tum ama-a-ni gar-an-ni-ib-ku-a C. a. tukundi-hi Y A-ioi-ir-tum-ge Sha-Lu-ur-tum ama-a-ni {-ra) ama-mu nu-me-en ha-na-an-gii ku-shii si-nm-dam h. u tukundi-bi . Y Sha-lu-ur-tum-ge Y A-u'i-ir-tum dumu-sal-a-ni-ra dumu-sal-mu nu-me-en ba-na-an-gu 10 gin kU-babbar ni-ld(l)-e it k u-na m-ehi-a-n i-sh I'l ba-ra-e-ne D. mu lugal-bi in-pd{d) Awirtum, the daughter of Hiipatum, from Hiipatum, her father, and Rubatum, lier mother, Shalurtum, wife of I{nim)-Nannar, has adopted as her daughter. 1§ shekels of silver as money (compensation) for her adoption Shalurtinn has paid to Hupatum. Awirtum shall he made a votary and then she shall let Shalurtum, her mother, eat her prebend.' When Awirtum says to Shalurtum, her mother: ‘‘iMy mother not art thou,” she shall be sold for money.’ But when Shalurtum says to Awirtum, her daughter: “My daughter not art thou,” she shall pay 10 shekels of silver and shall forfeit the money for her adoption. By the name of the king she has sworn. The scheme of adoption documents consists of (1) the adoption proper : (2) the regulation of the position of the adopted with regard to the property; (3) provisions concerning the solution of the adoption contract; (4) oath. A. The technical term for “to adopt” is nam-dumu-ni-shu (Xo. 57), uam-ibila- ni-shu (No. 28) or nam-dumu-sal-a-ni-shu (No. 4) ba-da-an-ri or ba-an-da-ri. No. 24 distinguishes expressly between nam-dumu-ni-shu ba-da-an-ri and nam-ibila-a- ni-sliu in-gar, and it is evident that a difference “in re” corresponds to this distinc- ^ To the coiiiliiiiation of ijar and kii compare the compound ijar-kii-a (Keisner, Tclloh. Ktl, U’, 7) and Br. 11007 and 110,5‘L ^ The formation lali-dam is not determined as to the genus verhi\ it usually designates a future action; dam is to be analyzed as de-a-an. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 33 tioii of terms, the first kind of adoption giving the person concerned only the right to be brought up and kept like a child (chunu, indru) in the house, the latter conferring also the right of inheriting; ihila, ablu therefore has the meaning of ‘‘heir.”‘ In Xo. 2S we find the contracted formula nam-ibila-ni-shu ba-an-da-ri. Instead of the usual formula: X | Y- | tiam.-duinu-rii-shu, etc., ba-da-an-ri, Xo. 4, exhibits a scheme closely corresponding to a deed of purchase: a. X (= object of adoption) | ki-Y ad-da-?ii-{ete.)-ta \ Z-r/e j luun- dumu-sal-a-m~su \ ba-da-an-ri b. X g\n ku-babbar\ku-nam.-ehi-a-ni-shid | Z-yc] Y-ra \ in-na-an-Id{I) This is explained by the different legal position held by the adopted, who as a girl, and probably still a child, does not possess the right of disposing of herself, and therefore is rated rather like a useful help, for whose cession an indemnification must be paid: technical term kii-nam-ehi, '‘money (indemnification) for the bringing up. B. The regulation of the rights of the adopted to the property was suliject to agreement, but in most cases the general rule concerning the right of inheritance seems to have been applied also to the adopted, i.e., it was provided that the brothers divide the inheritance into equal parts after the eldest had received a preference portion. Therefore in our documents the adopted, when more than one, and provided there was not already a natural heir, are introduced at once as X shesh-gal and Y shesh-a-ni. This formula seems to be peculiar to Nippur contracts, for in Sippar we find the express statement that of more than one adopted, one shall lie the ahu resp. 7ndru rabu. Cf. il/., 94 : 13. No. 4 contains at this place a provision as to the employment of the adopted girl, and the use to be made of her income. See for a similar provision made in Cassite times, (’lay, B. E., Series A, XIV, 40 : 6-8: shum-ma a-na mu-tim i-nam-din-shi \ shum-ma ha-ri-mu-ta ib-bu-us-si \ a-mat-sa ii-ul i-sha- ak-ka-an, “be it that she gives her to a husband, be it that she makes her a votary, her slave she shall not make her.” C. The provisions as to the solution of the adoption contract show the casuistic form of the laws in the Code of Hammurabi, known in Sumerian also from the so- called Sumerian family laws. The various directions of these latter reoccur in our documents, although with considerable grammatical and often material variations. ‘ Cf. Ungiiad, 0. L. Z., IX, col. 462-465. - The ge denoting the grammatical subject is found in Xo. 4, Imt not in the other adoption documents, which moreover are very careless in the distinction of plural and .singular endings, infixes and suffixes. ^ The following and the precefling lines differ from that of the corresponding lines in purchase deeds. ^ Ehi ^ li(jutu, turbutu, concr. the child which is brought up; tunn-chi = lirjfitu, abstr. the ado]ition, the bringing up of a child. 34 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS Tliey were evidently put together either for accomplished scribes or for those who wei'e learning to write, to serve as patterns for the corresponding parts in adoption documents (law 1-4), marriage contracts (law 5 and 6) and contracts of hiring (law 5). This is very evident from the line which heads the collection of laws: u-kur-shu u-na-me-shu , ‘‘in future, always,” which is not (|uite suitaTle for a collection of laws, since laws are given in the first place for the present (Hammurabi begins his code of law with i-nu-mi-shu, “now,” C. H., .5 : 25), not for the future. D. The oath which is omitted in No. 57 is a mutual one (she-ga-ne-ne-ta) when the adopting and the adopted are the negotiating parties (Nos. 24, 28j ; in No. 4 it is taken only liy the adopting priestess who concludes the contract with the parents of the adopted. The great number of adoptions and the fact that adults, and often more than one, are adopted show that in Babylonia adoption formed a kind of business transaction hy which not only the adopted, but also the adopting person gained an advantage. This consisted primarily in the helj) which he had from the adopted, and which he needed especially at his age when he could no longer earn his sustenance himself. This becomes very evident from No. 28, which determines the exact amount of the sustenance which the adopted, and the legitimate son have to give to their father, and from No. 4 where the adopting priestess secures for herself the benefit of her adopted daughter’s sustenance. The document No. 57 combines adoption, division of an inheritance, and obli- gation to pay annuities. Such combinations are a characteristic feature of Nippur documents, while in or near Sippar, as we have seen already in connection with the division contracts, separate documents for each party were drawn up, in which only the individual rights that a person had secured were set forth. As an example of such an independent document of the character last mentioned, see C. T., VI n, 37a: 1. slie-yur-ba 2. 3 qa ia-gish-ba 3. igi-Jf-gaJ ku-babbar s'lg-ba 4. i-na mu-l-karn 5. a-di A-bi-ra-tum (3. ba-al-ta-at 7. 3 isin zid-da I uzu('?) 8. Y EriHi-fiAShamash 9. mdrat A-U-wa-aq{-rum) 10. i-ta-na-di-shi-im 11. mu Bahbar A-a '' Marduk 12. u Ha-am[-mu-ra-bi] 13. in-pd(d) \ i.e., a rate of 1 gur of grain, a rate of 3 pa of oil, a rate of j (shekel) of silver for wool (and) at three feasts (of Shamash) 10 qa of flour and 1 piece of meat, as long as Abirafum shall live, Erishti-Shamash shall give her. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 35 VI. Marriage Contracts (40 and 58). No. 40. A. Y ^En-Iil-id-zu mi-esh ^En-lil-ld dum.u Lugal-n-zi-da Y Ama-sukkal dumu-sal ^Nin-IB-ma-an-si-ge nam-dam-shu ba-an-tug L . B. 19 gm ku-babbar Y Ama-sukkal-ge Y En-Ul-id-zu dam-a-ni-ra in-na-7ii-in-tur C. a. ii-kia^-shu tukundi-bi d '^Eti-lil-id-zu-ge Y Atna-sukkal dam,-a-ni-ra dam-mu nu-me-en ba-na-an-gii 19 gin ku-bi gur-ru-dam u ^ ma-na ku-dam-tdg-tii-ra ni-ld{l)-e ' b. u tukundi-bi Y Ama-sukkal-ge Y ’^En-lil-id-zu dam-a-ni-ra dam-mu nu-me-en ba-na-an-gu 19 gin ku-bi ba-ra-e-ne it k ma-na ku-babbar ni-ld{l)-e D. she-ga-ne-ne-ta mu lugal-ur-bi in-pd{d)-de-esh Enlil-idzu, priest of Enlil, son of Lugal-azida, has taken Ama-sukkal, daughter of XinlB-mansi,^ to wife. 19 shekels of silver A7na-sukkal has brought in to Enlil-idzu, his wife. In future, when Enlil-idzu says to Ama-sukkal, his wife: "My wife not art thou, ” he shall return the 19 shekels of money, and, in addition, pay half a mine as her divorce money. And when A ma-sukkal says to Eidil-idzu, her husband : ‘ Aly husband not art thou,” she shall forfeit the 19 shekels of money, and, in addition, pay half a mine of silver. In mutual agreement they have both sworn by the name of the king. No. 48. A. 1. d A-wi-li-ia dumuWarad-' Sin d Na-ra-ani-tum dumu-sal Sin-na-tum na m-da m -sh u in-t ug 2. Y I -bi-'^ E n-lil ibila shesh-gal Ilu-sliu-ib-)u-shu shesh-a-)ii u I-U-ma-a-bi shesh-a-ne-ne d A-wi-li-ia-gc d Na-ra-am-tum dam-a-ni-ra nani-ibila-ni-shu in-na-an-si ' The pustpo.sitioii ge iimke.s Atna-mikkiil the subject. But this can Iianlly have been tlie iiiteiitiou of tJie sciibe, he probably having misplaced ge, intending it to I'ollow '^En-lU-id-zu, etc. 36 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS B. 2. Y ihila shesh-gal Jlu-shu-ib-ni-shu shesh-a-rii u 7-Ii-ma-a-bi shesh-a-rie-ne e a-shag gish-sar genie arad nig-ga e-a-giU-Ia Y A-wi-li-ia ad-da-ne-ne-ge shesh-gal s ih-ta-na shu-ha-a h-te-gd-n -an ur-a-si-ga-h i ni-ha-e-ne C. 1. tukundi-hi Y A-wi-li-ia N a-ra-am-tum dam-a-ni-ra dani-nm nu-me-en ha-na-an-gu ^ rna-ria ku-hahhar ni-lu{l)-e tukundi-hi Y N a-ra-am-tuni A-wi-li-ia dam-a-ni-ra dani-niu nu-me-en ha-na-an-gu dnhhin al-tar-ru-ne kii-shu ne-ih- si-niu-ush 2. tukundi-hi Y l-hi-^En-lil llu-shu-ih-ni-shu u l-li-ma-a-hi shesh-a-ne-ne Na-ra-am-tum ama-ne-ne-ra am a-nie nu-me-en ha-na-an-g u -u sh nig-ga A-wi-li-ia ad-da-ne-ne-ge ha-ra-e-ne-en-ne-en tukundi-hi Y Na-ra-ani-tum I-hiAEn-lil Y llu-shu-ih-ni-shu it l-li-ma-a-hi dumu-ne-ne-ra dumu-niu-niesh nu-me-en ha-na-an-gu nig-ga A-wi-li-ia dani-a-na-ge ha-ra-e-ne D. Y Na-ra-am-tum shag g[a ] [ n]ani-ihila [ ] [mu-a she-gur 6 [ma-na sag . ... qa m-] gish Y I-hi-’En-lil ihila shesh-gal llu-shu-ih-ni-shu u l-li-ma-a-hi [shesh-a-ne-]ne Y Na-ra-am-tum ama-ne-ne-ra in-na-ah-kala-gi-ne ihila she-ha id-ha ii sig-ha nu-niu-na-ah-kala-gi nig-ga A-wi-li-ia ad-da-na-ge ha-ra-e-ne I*]. she-ga-ne-ne-ta mu lugal-hi in-pd{d)-de-esh Av'ilia, son of Warad-Sin, has taken Naramtum, daughter of Sinatum, to wife. Ihi-Enlil, the heir (and) elder hrotlier, Ilushu-ihnishu, liis lirother, and llima-ahi, their l)rother,yla'f//n' has given to Naramtum, his wife, as sons. Ihi-Enlil, the heir (and) elder lirother, Ilushu-ihnishu, his brother, and llima-ahi, their brother, shall divide house, field, garden, maid-slave, man-slave and the property that exists in the house of Awilia, their father, into ecjual parts after the eldest brother shall have taken his ‘ Tlii« il(H'uinc‘iit uses ge unly liere (Init not, c.g., in li. 1, lo, 1.5, etc.) to denote the .subject, wliile else it desig- nates with ge the genetivi- (li. 1(1, 20, 2-1, 82). FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 37 preference portion. When Aivilia ssiys to Naramtum, his wife; “My wife not art thou, ” he shall pay ^ mine of silver. When Naramtum says to Awilia, her husband : “]\Iy husband not art thou,” they shall mark her with the thumb-nail mark(?) and sell her for money. When Ihi-Enlil, Ilushu-ibtiishu and llima-abi, their brother, say to their mother: “Our mother not art thou,” they shall forfeit the property of Awilia, their father. When Naramtum says to Ihi-Enlil, Ilushu-ihnishu and Ilima-ahi, her children: “My sons ye are not,” she shall forfeit the property of Awilia, her husband. Naramtum In the year 2f gur of grain, 6 mines of wool and qa of oil Ihi-Enlil, the heir (and) elder brother, Ilushu-ihnishu and Ili?na-ahi, their brother, shall give to N aramtwrn, their mother, as sustenance. If a son will not give her the grain, oil, and wool installments as sustenance, he shall forfeit the property of his father. In mutual agreement they have sworn by the name of the king. The scheme of the marriage contracts corresponds in its four parts — (1) the marriage proper (treating of the persons) ; (2) the dowry (treating of the property) ; (3) the break of the contract; (4) oath — as well as by the formulating of the single parts, entirely to that of the adoption documents, both kinds of treaties being also rc” closely related to each other, as they both belong to the family law. A. The technical term for “to marry,” nam-dam-slm in-tug (48 : 3), “he has taken into wifehood,” nam-dam-shu ha-an-tug, “he has taken for himself, etc., shows the same formation as nam-dumu-shu ha-da-an-ri. B. The technical term for “to bring as a dowry” is in-na-ni-in-tur, “she has brought in, the same as in German, “einhringen;'’ in Sippar documents, the more explicit term, ana hit X (/?., 101 : 18, husband; R., 84 : 39, father of the husband), usherih,^ is used. C. Cf. the adoption documents. D. The oath is a mutual one {she-ga-ne-ne-ta mu lugal{-ur-)hi in-pd(d)-de-csh) d No. 48 is a combination of marriage contract, adoption document and obliga- tion to pay annuities, inasmuch as the wife is given by her husband also the legal rights of a mother over the sons of his former marriage ]3y making them her children {dam-a-ni-ra nam-ihila-ni-sku in-7ia-an-s\) . The principle followed in this 1 Cf. Z. A., XXI, p. 220. ^ On the infix ni, “therein, thereinto,” cf. Z. .1., XXI, pp, 232-236. ^ Subject the father of the bride; li. 101 : 19, u-she-ri-bu-shi (object = the bride). ^ ur = milfiarish, ishtenish, Br., 11259, 11261, is as adjective connected with 7)iu-lugal (object), not with the predicate. 38 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS comliiiiatioii is the juxtaposition of corresponding parts (A. 1, and 2, 1, C. 1 and 2). The mother acquires the right to lie sustained by her sons after they have inherited the property of their father. The amount of the sustenance is fixed (D). VII. A Manumission Document. No. 8. A. a. Y Dii-shu-ub-tum NIN{EL, SAL-?)-DlNGIR (?) '' Ahu-zi-cui-n.a (lumu-sal Diiij-ija-a Y Ishtar-ra-hi-a-at geme-ni-im^ ama-ar-gi-ni in-gar b. sag-ki-ni in-la h-ld/i c. 7iam-ge7ne-7ii in-hi d. kishih 7ia77i-el-Ia-7ii-shu i7i-7ia-an-tdg B. Y Ishtar-ra-hi-a-at-ge Y Du-shu-ub-tum 7ii7i-a-rii-ra W gi7i ku-bahbar in-na-ni-m-tur ('. I'l-kur-shu Y I-bi-'^En-lil i). A-77ie-i7'-tu77i SAE + KU-a-7ii ibila Y '^Nan7ia{r)-zi-mu u Du-shu-id)-tu7n-ge-7i€ Y lshtar-7xi-b i-at-ra g U -71U-'U 771-771(1- 77l(l-a I). 771 u lugal-w-bi i7h-pd{d) -de-esh Dushubtum, the priestess(?) of Shuzi-an7}a, the daughter of Duggd, has manu- mitted IsJdar-7nbiat, her maid-slave; her forehead she has cleansed; the of her slavedom she has pronounced ; a document on her cleansing she has given her. Ishtar-rabicd has brought in to Dushubtu77i, her mistress, ten shekels of silver. In future shall Ibi-E7dil aiul A77iertii77i, his sister, the heirs of Na7i7ia{7')-zi77iu and Dushub- t'U77i, make no claim against Ishtar-7-abiat. By the name of the king they both have sworn.^ ' The scribe iiiteiuled perhaps ^ This document I'roiu Yokha sliows several peculiarities. Notice the habit of lea\iiig a blank space between wedge and name (li. 4, !), 10 and 17) and between i(ji and name (li. 21-34); DAM{7)-D1XGIN{'7) instead of SAL + ISHIB', the mentioning of Shuziainia and the al)sence of the bur-gul. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 39 The scheme consists of four parts: 1. The freeing. 2. The paying of a com- pensation in money. 3. Provision as to future claims. 4. Oath. A. The technical term for to ‘‘set free” is ama-ar-gi-ni in-gar = andurarshu ishkun, “he has made his liberty.” As formalities connected with this act are enumerated the following: 1. A religious ceremony, the cleansing of the forehead:' sag-ki-ni in-l/ih-lah, Sem. hu-zu u-li-il, C. T., IV, 42a; only nllil, R., 96 : 7 ; C. T., II, 33 : 4; VIII, 29a : 6; 296 : 3; 48 : 5. The cleansing, which in all these cases appears as correlative to an adop- tion- of slaves, in the Yokha document, however, to a manumission, refers to religious cleanliness, as is also shown by the phrase a-na ’^Shamash u-li-il-shi-na-ti, C. T., VIII, 29a : 6. This is a very important fact, because therefrom it would follow that slaves were not allowed to participate in the cult of free Babylonians. In V R. 47: 326 the same ceremony is described as a removing the muttutu, i.e., the slave mark which was placed on the forehead {muttatu), and as a removing the abuttum. 2. Whether the pronouncing of the dissolution of servitude represents a legal formality or a further religious act, perhaps the reciting of an exorcism, is difficult to say. 3. The legal formality of giving a document which authenticates the cleanliness. The term kishib-tdg corresponds to, or, more correctly, was the model for the Semitic kishippam or kunukkam ezebup literally ‘ ‘to leave one’s seal impression” (in the posses- sion of the other party). B. The 10 shekels of silver, the eiiuivalent paid for the manumission, represent about the value of a maid-slave, who, e.g., in 20, III, 15, 16, is estimated at 11 shekels. In the other cases of “cleansing” the equivalent consists in the obligation to care for the adoptive parents. The term in-tia-ni-m-tur, “she has brought in,” is the same as that used in connection with the bringing of a dowry; here most probably “the bringing in” is meant in the commercial sense of yielding proceeds, returns, from which we may conclude that the maid-slave had to earn money for her mistress in such a way that part of the proceeds were credited to her. C and D. Like in similar documents, the provisions against future claims are directed against the heirs of the former mistress. In this instance also the oath has been taken by them (mu lugal-ur-bi in-pd(d)-de-esh) d ^ Ranke’s view (B. E., Series A, Via, p. 2!)) tliat hu-zu refers to the pudenda is eonfuted liy the Sumerian aag-ki = putu, punu. Ldh-ldh-ga, Br., 7927 = ellu. 2 So expressly stated /?., 90, sha X u-da-am-mi-ku-shi-ma a-na ma-ru-ti-sha ish-ku-nit-shi. ’ Kunukkam ezebu (C. H.) shows that we have to read kiship-pa-nm, not ditp-pa-am n^h-lc-zi-ib, C. U .. 9a : 34. * Ur does not refer to mistress and maid-slave, since the latter enters into no obligation, in which case we would also expect she-ga-ne-ne-ta . :\Ioreo\'er the parts C (no claim shall be made against the former slave) and D belong, like in purchase documents, closely together, and thus ur refers to the two children of the mistress. 40 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS VIII. Deeds of Loan.‘ No. 22. Loan of money. A. 1 (Jin ku-babbar mdsh-an-tug § gin 12 she shemirjl) mash nu-ub-tug ki Da-mi-iq-i-U-shu clumu N a-ra-am-^ Sin-ta Y Lii-'^Ama-a-ra-zu dumu Ad-da-du(j-ga nu-esh-ge shu-ba-an-ti B. mu-DU ud-ebur-ka ku u mdsh-bi gur-ru-dam No. 16. Loan of grain with interest due in money. A. 25 she-guT 15 gin ku-bcdibar mdsh-in-tug k i ^ N in-I B-ma-an-si dumu Da-mi-iq-i-U-sh u-ta Y Ha-ba-na-tum u-'^Da-mu[- ] dumu-ni-ge shu-ba-an-ti-esh B. mu-DU ud-ebur-ka she-bi ii ku-babbar-bi shag-ga -ni ne- ib-dug-g i-esh 25 gur of grain bearing an interest of 15 shekels of silver, from XinIB-mansi, son of Damiq-dishu, Hahanatum and Damu- , his son, have received. At the of the harvest time they shall pay him the grain and the money. No. 15. Loan of grain. A. 12 she-ijur mcish nu-ub-tug ki Ib-ku-ir-si-tim du mu Sin-li-di[-ish ]-fa Loans of grain, Nos. LI, 1.5, 16, 17, 2.5 and 63; loans of money. Nos. 20 and 22; loan of hricks. No. 21. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 41 Zi-ia-tmn dumu Ur-'^ En-nu-yi ii I -hi-'^N in-shah du mu Nu-ur-^Nin-shah-ge shu-ba-an-ti-esh B. mu-DU ehur-ka kara-N’ibr'id'^-ka she-al-ng-e No. 21. Loan of Ijricks. A. 4 sar 1 gin sig sig Na-bi-'^ Shamash ki Na-bi-'^Shamash Y Igi-'^Nan na(r) -shu-al-gin shu-ba-an-ii B. itu sfg-a sag sig k i-ga r-ra-b i-sh d gur-ru-da ni k sar 1 gin of bricks/ the liricks of Nabi-Shamash, from Nabi-Shamash Igi-A'annar- shu-algin has received. At the lieginning of the month of Siiran he sliall return liricks for exchange. Deeds of loan, hire, rent anil lease form a group of legal documents liy them- selves, inasmuch as they transfer a right to the concerned object of treaty only for a time. We therefore find in such documents neither provisions as to future claims nor the oath. Thus of the four parts of the deeds of purchase only the first two are left, which treat of the passing of the property into other hands and the equivalent given in exchange, here the payment of interest, rent, etc. Cf. the following schemes of deeds of loan and of hire: Loan (money or grain). A. Object of the loan. ki-Y-ta Y Z-ge shu-ba-an-ti Hire. A. Y X (object of hire). ki-Y-ta Y 7j-ge in-KU ^ Bricks were measured, as we see from M. S2 and this instance, by superficial measures. This seems to pre- suppose that they had a fixed diameter, 42 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS B. rnu-DU {ud-)ehur-ka B. d-hi id-da-shu O (a mash) -hi x she-ta-a-an al-d(j-e al-dfj-e A. The technical term for ‘To take as a loan” is shu-ha-an-ti, “he has taken, received,” pi. shu-ha-an-ti-esh (Sippar: shu-ha-an-ti-me-esh) . The object, when "rain or money, is always ac'companied by an apposition denoting whether the loan shall bear interest — mdsh-in-tug (an-tny) — or not — mdsh nu-uh-tug — : that is to say, whether the interest has still to be added to the amount noted in the document, or whether it is already included in it, respectively has been paid already. Instead of mdsh-in-tug we find in Sippar documents mdsh dah-he(i)-dam, e.g., mdsh 1 gur 4 + dah-he-dam, “as interest from 1 gur he shall add 100 c|a, ” R., 38 : 2; in Semitic, e.g., sibat '’Shamash u-za-ap, “the interest of Shamash he shall add,” R., 27 : 2. Contrary to the documents from Sippar, those from Xippur do not indi- cate the rate of interest, l^robably there has been in use at Xippur only one rate which was understood in all cases. Only Xo. 16 indicates the amount of interest for grain, because it shall be paid in money. B. Since the compensation for the loan has been determined before by the statement concerning interest, this part contains only provisions as to the time and the place of returning loan and interest. The verbs used to denote the returning are gar-ru-dam, “he shall return”; al-dg-e (Sippar: ni-dg-e), “he shall measure” of grain; and sJiag-ga-ni ne-dndiig-gi-en,^ 20 : 8, plur. : ne-ih-dug-gi-csh, 16 : 10, “he shall satisfy his heart.” The usual time for the return of grain and money is at harvest. For bricks, in Xo. 21, the month of lirick-making, Siirdn, is designated. Instead of ud-ebur-shii, which occurs on the Sippar tablets, our tablets show mii-DU {ud-)ebur-ka. As ka denotes the alilative of a genetive comliination (cf. kara-Nibnd’-ka, “in the granary of Xippur,” 15 :6), mu-DU should be connected with ebur or ud-cbur. But it is difficult to determine the precise meaning.- Onlv in the one instance just cpioted (15 : 6) we find a statement concerning the place of the payment. A statement as to a certain grain measure, corresponding to i-)ia gish-shi^ ‘^Shamash on Sippar documents, is not found. nShii(/-{(j(i-ni) nc-ib-(hi<]-(jl, 27 ; 7, 14 : ^ Perliajis “ in the jn-esciit (currciil) year.” Oonipan' for the connection of mu and du. mu-Z-kam-du-u-hi, 42 ; 7. ^ For GISII-BAR we liial SO : 10, tjish-shi', as BAR intcrclianges with Uii in >u‘du-$lti-a (cf.. e.g., tlie tlate Ad Id', where the reading slii is proved by the Seniitized form dusliu, it follows that gi$h-BAR is to be read gish-shi. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 43 IX. Contracts of Hire (51). No. 51. A. Y I-din-Ishtar dumu Na-bi-'^Shamash ki Na-bi-'^Shamash-ta Y Lu-'^Nin-si-an-na du sig-a ud-21-ta dll she-giir-kud ud-30-shu in-KU B. d-bi id-da-shu 4 + 3 ?^ she-ta-a-au al-dg-e Idin-Ishtar, the son of Nabi-Shamash, from Nabi-Sliamasli Lu-Niii-si-anna has hired (for the time) from Siwan 21st to Adar 30th. As his hire he shall pay 80 qa of grain every month. A. The technical term is in-KU, igur, '‘he has hired.” The duration of the hiring is indicated by -ta shu. B. Cf. the deeds of loan. The wages (technical term d’ = idu), 'which in this instance do not represent a great amount, are probably paid at the end of the time of hiring, since a specified term is not mentioned. X. Leases (Nos. 29 and 61). No. 29. Lease ol' a field. 4 gan d-shag gfig-she shag a-shag '^Nin-unu us-a-rd A-gu-u-a a-shag Ib-ga-tuni d u m u Ur-D ii-azag-ga ki Ib-ga-tum dumu Ur-Dii-azag-ga-ta Y ‘^Da-rn u-i-din-nam-ge nam-uru-ld-sh u igi-3-gdl-sh a [di\-mu-u-a-shu [ib-]ta-an-e ’ Cf. also &-mu-u-a aud d-inu-u-a, 28 : 2U, 22; 29 ; 10. 44 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS 4 gan of (jug-she field in the field of Nin-unu with one long-side adjoining Agiia, the held of Ibyatum, son of Ur-Duazagga, from Ihgatum, son of Ur-Duazagga, Damu- idinnam has rented for the purpose of cultivating, at the rate of one-third (of the returns) as yearly rent. The documents of lease from Sippar (and other cities) show, like the deeds of loan and hire, the characteristic two parts. Cf. e.g., R. 74 (Sippar A m-ria-num): A. bur 3 gan eqlum ugar na-bil(A-tii7n \ itti Be-li-tum SAL( + ISHIB) ^Shamash mdrat Ilu-shu-ib-ni-sku \ be-el-ti eqlmi \ Y Ib-ni-'^ Shamash mar Ilu-na-si-ir \ eqlam a-na ir-ri-sku-tim a-na biltmi \ u-she-zi. B. ud-ebur-shu | 4 she-gur gish-shi ‘^Shamash \ i-na Kar-Sippar^^ Am-na-na [ ni-ag-e. Or F. 77 : A. / bur 4 bur 3 gan a-shag \ a-shag A-bi-ia-tum \ ki A-bi-ia-tum \ lugal a-shag-ge \ Y Warad-^ Mar-tu \ nam-uru-ld-shu | ib-ta-e-ad B. ki-ma i-mi-it-ti-shu j ii sku-mi-li-shu ] she ni-dg-ed The only completely preserved deed of lease from Nippur, however, unites the two parts into one. The technical term for “to take in lease, to rent,” is ib-ta-an-e, “he has brought out.” The addition nam-uru-Id-sh(i = ana irrishutim is not superfluous, because the lessor, even if the rent was not dependent upon the returns, had a great interest in his land being })roperly cultivated, in order to keep it from waste. XL Acquittance. No. 65. Receipt for the purchase iiione}' of a lioiise. A. 3 gin ku-babbar sham-e(‘! kisal) Y Ki-ish-ti-‘^N in-IB diunu Tab-ba-Ia-du ki Ba-li-lum u Sin-ma-lik dumu Zi-ia-tum sh u-ba-an-ti B. shag-ga-na ba-ab-dug-gi-cn ' Ib-la-i-a = ib-tu-u-al ^ JJke right and left lie shall pa}’, i.e., the harvest shall be di^■ided between lessor and lessee into equal paits. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 45 3 shekels of silver, the purchase money of a house, Kishti-Nin-I B , son of Tah- balatu, has received from Balilum and Sin-malik. His heart shall be satisfied. The technical term of these receipts is shu-ba-an-ti = mahir, ^‘he has received.” The phrase shag-ga-na ba-ab-dug-gl-en is, it seems, the passive equivalent to 7ie-ib- dug-gi-en and, like this and shu-ba-ab-te-gd-en, future, although one should more expect a perfect, “it has been satisfied.” XII. Memorandum of Grain. No. 55. [i + 3^^ she shu-]ti-a Ba-ba-a ^ she shu-ti-a lu-^^iisdn-sur i + -jV she sham su-e-sir-zun 4 she ki-dish(J) 4 + 3^^ she i-na gish-ba-an lu-gash-tin-na shu-ti-a Ut-ta-gdl-lu-ma-a n-m shu-kil 1^-Q she-gur shu-ti-a '^Da-mu-i-diti-nam ki '^En-lil-ma-lik ^ gur of grain which Baba has received ; 3^ gur of grain which the harness- maker has received; 100 qa of grain, the price for shoes; 60 qa of grain ditto(?); 1 gur 10 qa of grain in the of the wine-maker which Uttagallu-mansi has received; in all 1 gur 30 qa of grain which Damu-idinnam has received from Enlil- nmlik. Annotation: The verbal adjective shu-ti-a, “received, ” from shu — ti, stands instead of a relative clause, which we find, e.g., C. T., "NT, 25 : 5: i she slta at-ta te-el-ku-u, “which thou hast taken,” li. 2, i she-gur sha ta-am-hu-ru ^ “which thou hast received.” Shu-ti-a has passed into the Semitic Baljylonian as shulu, gen. shu-ti-i, 130 : 11. XIII. Confirmation Document. No. 42. A. a. Y '^BLU-a-bu-shu diimu N annar-lu-ti k ish ib-ash-ash ua m-gala 46 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS u ha-la-ha-ni Y N mmar-tum ^lu-esh-^. shu-'tia ha-an-si-ma h . mu-2-ka rn-du-u-bi eyir 'hSin-a-hu-sliu ha-IDIM-a-ta Y A-ha-^En-lil-dim sIm N annar-tu ni-ta k ish ib-ash-ash S in, -a -b u-sh u ba-an-tuni B. u-kur-shu gu-ydl-la kishib-ash-ash Y A-ba-^ En-lil-dim ba-an-ni-gi-gi Two years after tlie titles to the kalu office and the inheritance of Sin-abushu, son of Nanriar-hdi, have \)een aonfeircd upon N a nnartum, the priest, (now)after abushu has died, Aba-Enlil-dini, has received the titles of Sin-abushu from the hand of N annartum. In future a complainant on account of the titles, Aba-Enlil-dim shall satisfy. The document authenticates to a person the receipt of titles to a temple office. It is not sealed l)y the person from whom the titles are received, but by the witnesses, i.e., a collcgiuni of the chief kalu and the chief temple superintendent, besides a riqqu, a pashishu and a scril)e. From this fact we may conclude that the temple, perhaps on account of the death of the former owner, had to dispose of the titles. It is not stated what the recipient had to ^ive as an equivalent. Annotation: Li. S presents an example i'or the substantivatiun of sentences, inasmuch as ^Sin-a-bu-shu ba-lDIM, “Sin-abushu died,” is made dependent on eyh- — fa. literally “from after,” i.e., “since.” Exactly the same construction we find Urukagina, Clay tablet, Bet'. 11, 11-12, the (USII-HU-ite is guilty of guilt with Xingirsu, cgir Layasld^ bn-hul-n-ia., “since Loyash is ilestroyed.” XIV, Agreements (Yinnected with Proceedings before a Court of Law. 1. No. 10. Cession of a house. I. Y Ma-ri-ir-si-tini skesh-yal 2. u Mu-tum-iluni shesh-a-ni 3. ibila-'^Ishkur- ra-bi-ge-ne 4. "^Ha-am-mu-m-bi lugal-e 5. gab-i-ib-ri-csh igi-nc-ne-in-gar-ri-csh-ma 6. ^ bur 3 gan a-shag gan-da ku-bi 10 gm 7. gab-ri nani-shutug X in-lil-ld u a-shag shuk'U 8. Y U-du-du shutug ‘‘Nin-lil-ld shcsh ad-da-me-c 9. Y ^Ishkur-ra-bi ad-da- 7ne in-suni 10. nc-in-bi-csh II. Lugal-e ‘^Ishkur-shar-ru-uin ukush lugal 12. dumu ‘^I-shum-a-bi 13. da- FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 47 ne-ne-ta mu-un-sar-ri-esh-ma 14. di-bi hu-iih-ru-uin Nihru^'^-ka 15. dur-bi-ne- ne-m-dug 16. bu-idj-ni-ion Nibrid^-ka 17. i-i-ma igi-ne-m-du-esh-ma 18. 1 sar e-du-a gab-ri ^ bur 3 gan a-shag gaii-da 19. si-ma-ab 7ie-in-bi-esh 20. Gibd-bi-esh-a-an 21. lu-Iu-u{r) ba-e-7ie-gm 22. shc-ga-7ie-7ie-ta 23. / sar Gdu-a u kizlah-bi 24. 4 kizlnh diri mu e-du-u-de 25. sag-bi e ‘‘Nin-lB-ri-mi- \-U 26. da e ‘^Xin-IB-qar-ra-ad mu 27. ii da e W a-7u-zu-7iu nagar 28. 1 'Gsldcur- RUSH-ra shutug 29. ii Ib-ga-tum shesh-auii 30. d)da-U-d(i-du-ge-ne-e 31. Y Ma-ri-ir-si-titn u Mu-tum-ilu-ra 32. ibda I shkur-ra-bi-ge-ne 33. gab-ri nam- shutug Xin-lil-ld in-ne-en-s\(m)-ush 34. u-km-shu ^Ishkw^-RUSH-ra Ib-ga-tum shesh-a-ni 35. ii ibila-a-ni a-na-me-a-bi 36. e-bi-shu gu 7iu-md-md mu lugal-bi in-pa {d)-esh Mar-irsitim, the elder brother, and Mutum-ilum, his brother, the sons of Ishkur-rabi, went before Hammurabi, the kino- and spoke as follows: ‘'9 acres of cultivated land \vorth in money 10 shekels, the equivalent of the pashishu office of Xinlil and the prebend field, Ududu, the pashishu of Xinlil, the brother of our father, has sold to Ishkur-rabi, our father.” The king and Ishkur-sharrum, the soldier messenger of the king, the son of Ishum-abi, on their part wrote that the council of Nippur should render them justice. In the council of Nippur they considered the case and ordered to give one sar of built house as equivalent for the 9 acres of cultivated land. Again one v-ith the other has agreed. In mutual consent 1 sar of l)uilt house and waste ground, (and) additional 4 gin of waste ground on account of the house having still to be built with the front adjoining the house of X inIB-rim-ili, on one side adjoining the house of XinIB-qarrad, the baker, on the other side adjoining the house of Warazu7iu, the carpenter, Ishkur-RUSIIra, the pashishu of Xinlil, and Ibgatum, his brother, the sons of Ududu, have given to Mar-irsitim and Mutum- ilum, the sons of Ishkur-rabi, as equivalent for the pashish u office of Xinlil. In future shall Ishkur-RUSH ra, Ibgatum, his lirother, and any heir of his make no claim to this house; by the name of the king they have sworn. The document consists of three parts: (1) liecord of the appeal to the king, li. 1-10; (2) Remittal of the case to the council of Nippur, and decision of the council, li. 11-19; (3) Acceptance and execution of the decision by the parties, li. 20 36. The principal interest of the document as such centres in the last part, the authenti- cation of the assignment of real estate. The account of the jirevious history of this 48 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS cession is of less interest for the document. This expresses itself in the tenses of the verbs, only those of the last part being in the perfect {ha-lal, li. 21; e-lal, li. 33, 36), while those of the first two parts are in the historical tense {mu-lal, li. 13; ne-lal, li. 5, 10, 15, 19; li. 5). Of direct appeals and complaints to the king we know a good many instances from the letters of IJammurahi, and one from S. 1 (to Nur-lshkur) . In the latter instance the king renders judgment himself, while here, as in the letters of Hammu- rabi, the king turns the case over to the home authorities. The puhrum of Xippur is the city council. As a subaltern officer of this council appears the rkl puhrum, who is mentioned, 53 : 37 (= 34 : 36), beside a rahis daiiani} It is likely that this council represented the administrative and executive authority as well as the regular court of justice for Nippur, thus corresponding to the college of judges in Sippar, who, together with the shakanakku, are often called upon in the royal letters with regard to administrative matters. In smaller towns, like, e.g., Teh Sifr, a rabidnu, “mayor,” exercised the executive functions of the government, while judgment was rendered in the neighboring city of Larsam. Annotations: '^Ha-am=mu=ra=bi lugaLe, li. 4. It i.s unlikely tliat we should read dingir, etc., “God and Hamnni- rnbi.” TIh' “niifilaid” e does not denote tlie nominative, hut is most proliahly due to the influence of the /. To gab= i=ib=ri=esh, li. 5, cf. ,S., 1 : 10: higiil-e gah-ih-ne-rl-eiih; gnh — ri means “to be or stand face to face.” The meaning of igi=ne=ne=in=gar is not clear. Suiiposing tliat igi — gar is a compound veiL (cf. igi-inu-na-ni-gar, Gud., Cyl. A, 1 : 20), we sliould analyze ncncn as prefix ne + dative nc + accusative ?? and translate “they made eye to them” = they looked upon them, wliich might lie understood of a faaorahh' acceptance at the court. But then the change of .subject would {iresent some diflieulty. On the other hand a translation, “their face they (the complainants) have turned” (igi-ne-ne in-gar-ri-csli = /K/n/.s/mnni.s/i/.'mm), would re«|uire tlie indication of some oliject towards which they turned their faces. =ma after verbs stands in li. 5, 13 and 17, before direct speech or an order in tlie infinitive; Init I do not venture to con- clude from tliese instances that it is its function to introduce the speech (= uuinia', mo). Apparently it is the equiva- lent of the co])ulative iiui, “and then,” the surprising treatment as postposition of which and its difference from u might thus lie easily explaincil bjUts Sumerian origin. Shesh ad=da=me=e, li.8: the “ a ns/o a/ ” e denotes the nominative; cf. ibila-U-du-dii-ge-ne-e, li. 30. In=s'i, li. 9, perfect tense, because tliej’ assert that it is now their property. Ne=in= bi=esli, li. 10 and 19, bi for hi, qibu, “to speak.” Dur-bi ne=ne=in=du(g), li. 1.7, (dur — diig-ga = qihu sha ameli, Br. 10.574) contains the command of the king. AVe would expect that this should be indicated in mood or tense, but as far as we can judge durbi neudu(g) is the historical preterit tense in the indicative mood, and we may therefore think of a mistake of the scribe, so much the more as after 7nunsa7Tesh-77m and the direct speech we would expect a verb like “to order”: they wrote and ordered that, etc. Si=nia=ab ne=in=bi=esh, li. 19, for the construction of 7/ ■nith infinitive, compare 49 : 29: shibiizunu gabu/n iqb7'tshu7}7ishi', Gud., Cjd. A, 1 : 19: c-a-ni dii-ba 77nt-7ia-dug', and Warad-Sin, Clay cone 2 : 5 (quoted l:)elow). Mu e=du=u=de, li. 24, the 4 gin of waste ground are added to the 1 sar mentioned in li. 23, because this 1 sar does not wholly con.sist of c-du-a, but partly also of khlah, and therefore a part of the house must lie Iniilt before it becomes 1 sar c-du-a. Compare the similar case in 11 : 16-20. To c-du-u-dc compare c-a-jii du-u-dt\ ' In the third duplicate, .52: 20, the red pti}t7-um is designated only as ridti, from which we may conclude that with the rrdt7 in li : 31, 2,S : 12 and .5.S : 22 likewise the red pufi7'u/77 is meant. This shows that also in 14, 2.S and .58 the council of Nippur rendered judgment. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 49 “to build liis house bade me),” Warad-Sin, Clay cone 2 : 5; and Canephore, 1 : 14. Instead of mu — shn we have here only mu (or mu — dc). The apposition ibila '^Ishkur=ra=bi-ge=ne, li, .33, is not included in the complex of words joined together by the postposition ra. 2. No. 14. Cession of a lioundar}' wall. A. a. Iz-zi ri-ba-na nig Sin-ish-me-a-ni nagar dumu Wa-ra-zu-nu u Ma-ri-ir-si-tim dumu Da-ma(J)-gu-gu b. Y Ma-ri-ir-si-tim kii-babbar igi-te-bi shag ^ Sin-ish-?ne-a-ni nagar ne-ib-dug-gi c. nig na-me muh-na nu-tug B. a. u-kur-shu '^Sin-ish-7ue{-a.)-ni iz-zi ri-ba-na im-mu-ta ni-du-e g ish -dll nu-ub-du-e g ish-ii r-ra nu -u b-n itah u -e Y in-ish-m e-a -ni-gc Y Ma-ri-ir-si-t irn-ra nu-mu-na-ab-bi C. she-ga-ne-ne-ta mu lugal-bi in-]>d{d)-de-csh On account of the boundary wall, the property of Sin-ishmcani, the carpenter, the son of Warazutiu, and also of Alar-irsitim, the son of DamaC^)-gugu, Mar-irsitim shall satisfy the heart of Sin-ishmeani, the carpenter, with a sum for acquittance, so that he has no claim whatever af>ainst him. In future shall Sin-ishmcani Iniild a boundary wall of his own. ‘‘A pe^ he shall not drive in, a beam he shall not lay on,” shall Sin-ishmcani not say to Mar-irsitim. In mutual assent they have sworn by the name of the kin^. No. 44. Ciiyincnt of ntoncy. ■5 shiqtu k[aspim ] e-zu-uh 19 sh[iqtu kas])im] 50 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS slia ina kishih n[am- ] Y A ma-sukkal [ ] Y '^Nin-IB[-7na-an-s^i a-tta En.-l[H-i(l-zu < 1 - 11(1 te-i[^r-h(t-ti.l ] im Five shekels of silver in addition to the 19 shekels of silver, which in the mar- ria-k, i-sha dumu An ,-azng-sha Be-lu-tmn. No. (j N'.IL + ISIIIH in-IB (liiiiiu-sal Zi-ia-tuin No. 69« Ur-'^X inni nu-esh dumu .1 zaij-'^X i n ?i i The most remarkable feature, however, is that the names of all the persons forming one party of the treaty, and in connection with division documents the names of all parties concerned, are united on one seal, which would have been an impossibility if the seal had not lieen made for the one special occasion. A very instructive example we have in the division document No. 32, the seal impression of which reads: A-bil-‘’Mar-tu Li-h i-i t-^Mar-t u Li-bi-itA^En-lil '^Mar-tu-nia-lik dumu-mvsh E-ri-ish-su-ma-tvm The deeds of purchase Nos. 33-35, in which the eldest of these brothers buys back the shares of his co-heirs, however, are sealed respectively: <^Mar-tn-nui-lik Li-bi-lt-^ En-lil Ll-bi-it-'^M(ir-tu du in n E-ri-ish-zu-niii-/n in d n III n E-ri- ish-sh uin- ina-tnin du in u . 1 -bil-'^Shainatsh Compare also the adoption document No. 24: E-a-i-din-num dun lu Ib-ku-IsIdar u Ku -riduin dum-n-ni It is remarkable tliat such seals were cut hy the bunjul even for the temples, or, using the Babylonian way of expressing it, for the gods, when they were the parties on whom the obligation rested. Thus No. 06, where the temple of Etiki and Datnyalnunna sells offices of the temple, is sealed: ^’-En-ki ‘^Dam-gnJ-n un-na FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 53 P'or those eontraets, however, in which both parties undergo oliligations the bimjuL made two different seals. Cf., e.g., the seal impressions on the marriage contract Xo. 40: '^En-lil-id-zu .1 mu-gukkul dumu Lugal-d-zi-da and du mu-gal i n-I li-m a -a n-.g'i and on the deed of exchange No. 39: ^En-Ul-Iii-shaf) 7iu-esh 11 u-sJui-lia-7 dumu Ut-ta-(jul-Lu-)ne-DU The seals used with contracts that were not sworn to, or such documents as were sealed by the ’witnesses, were private seals (cf. 22, 62, on page 55, etc.). It is a fact, well known from Sippar tablets, that only a comparatively small number of persons carried seals containing their own names,' but most of them such as either had formerly belonged to other persons, containing the names of these, or had no inscription at all.- A considerable number of seal impressions shows only the picture and the name and the titles of a god." The scanty material at our disposal does not permit us to decide with absolute certainty whether this peculiarity explains itself simply by the charac- ter of the seal as a charm, or whether they, like the above mentioned hurgul seal of Enki and Damgalnunna, are temple seals, and were used l)y the persons who held office in the respective temples. But the frecpient occurrence of one and the same god on different seals leaves but little doubt that the first view is the right one.^ With some tablets the whole surface is covered with seal impressions, the traces of which can clearly be seen between the script." These seal impressions were made before the tablets were inscribed, because the script shows no sign of derangement. This seems to be the case also with those tablets on which the seal impressions are ’ Cf., e.g., Xo. G2, .seals a and b. For the first kind see No. 62, seal c; for the second No. 2.5 (and No. S3). “No. 29; ‘^She-tlr (lease of field); No. 30: '^Nin-.sfiafi and '^Pa-bi{l)-sag-, No. 14: and (= seals of two witnesses); No. 42: ‘^Lugal-e-'ih-a {= seal of the witnesses); Xo. 47; twice '^Xin-ghah and '^Lugal-c-'^h-a (seals of three witnesses), besides the seal of the scribe; No. .58; one seal of the witnesses and one of ? ; compare also Xo. 74, seal a: ^Nin-shah | sukkal-zi-an-na \ ge.ghdar-azag shu- , anil similar ones in De Clercq, Ccllcction. ^ It is of some interest to notice that the seal of Xo. 29 with the picture and the name of the god of grain. ‘^Shc-tir, Ijelongs to a farmer. Especially frequent are seals with the name of Xin-shuh, the god who listens to the praver (cf. Rim-Sin, Clay cone 7). ^ .See the photographic reproductions on PI. I, II and III. 54 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS made only on the blank spaces. Contrary to the custom prevailing at Sippar of sealing only the case and leaving the tablet unsealed, in Nippur the inner tablet was sealed also. The following gives a list of the inscriptions of hiirgul seals on tablets in the Imperial Ottoman Museum, which my time did not permit me to copy: No. 11. Deed ol E.xcJiange. a. Na-bi-'^SIuunash (luma Im-gu-u-n h. Da-mi- iq-Ui-shu u Na-ru-hi-tum dum-u-ui No. 12. Deed of Purchase. Im-gur-'^Nin-IB du m II I-ha-shar-ru-u m ''Nin-lB-a-bi •’Nin-IB-ga-mil du mu-m i'«h L u-ga-tv m Ma-nu-[tum ama-ne-ne] No. 23. Division Document. Na-ru-iib-lum damu-.sid M l-glr '’h'u-til No. 2(i. Division Document. En-lil-Iu-shdg '’Nanna{r)-(i-rd-mii-un-gi U r-Dii-azag-ga Ur-'^DUN-FA-c-a dam u-m esh itmi-ma-aii-tsi No. 31. Deed of Purchase. N i-sld-ni-shu dumu-sal Nu-ur-‘^Kab-ta No. .30. Deed of Purchase. El-lu-m u-u-shu duniu Si-U-^Shamash No. 37. Deed of Exchange. u. Shu-mu -um-li-ib-shi dumu U r-Dii-azag-ga b. Lu-c-shu-rne-DU d a m u am ash -^En-I i I No. 41 . Deed of Purchase. ‘^A^usku-ni-shu dumu '^Nin-IB-m u-sha-lim No. 4.5. DectI of llansoniing. Bc-el-ia-uL SAL-ISIIIB in-IB dumu ^En-Ul-ijal-zu No. 40. -Vdoption Document. a. La-ma- SAL-ISIIIB ^’Xin-IB dumu '^En-lil-ma-an-s'i b. Sha-at-^ Shamash dam I-Ii- No. 49. Payment of an Indemnity Sh u-ni u-u m-Ii-ib-sh i d u m u '^.Va nna (r) -ma-an-s\ FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. OO No. 62. Private Seals : a. }-li-ma-iluni dumii Ab-litm arad-'^XE- b. Ur-ra-i-din-7ia}n du)7iu }-li-ish-r7ie-a-7ii arad ‘^Xe-unu-gal BA-f7ho-\ ] [arad\ Nin-si-an-na {kishib DnTn-kum yndr Ur-'^Gu-ld) No. 64. Deed of Ransoming. ^ Nin-I B-77iu-ba-U-it du 777 ii A-n)i-li-ia I-din-Ishtar du777u Ma-(in-7m-7i7n.-'m.e-sfui-li[-mr] [ft Ni/-r//-7/b-t/i7n own-ti-nt] IV. LIST OF DATE FOIiMUi.AS OF THE TIME FROM HAMM U-R A BI TO SAMSU-DITANA. Hammu-rabi. 1 . [ni\u Ha-arn-mu-r[a-hi lugal-e] mu Ha-am-nm-ra-hi lugul-e mu Ha-am-mu-ra-bl lagal mu Ha-am-mu-ra-hi A. D; VIII, 376. VIII, 486. VI, 49r; VIII, 8c. 2. [m\u nig-si-sd [kcda\m-m\a ] inu nig-si-sd, kalam-ma in-gar mu Ha-mu-ra-hi | nig-si-sd gnr-ra. mu Ha-mu-ra-hi lugal-e shag-ga kalam-ma nam-si-sd. A. D. VIII, 5()a. M. 49 (Sippar). The year in which Hammu-rabi who establishes (var. has estal)lished) righteousness in (the midst of) the land, — ’ 3. [/rr] ^’-^’'■gu-za '^Nann[ar ] A. mu -’'^^'gu-za bara-mah '‘Nannar Kd-dingir-ra mu-un- [VIII, 12n. (== M. 88); mu-ra-bi I 'u-skc-bi-shu na-dini D. mu gn-za '’Nannar ' Berl. 905 mu "’^’gju-za '’Nannar | Kd-dingir-ra 1\I. 10. mu gii-za '’Nannar Kd-dingir-ra’" mu-na-an-dirn Berl. 899. ?) shaliu '’Nannar I c-’ Nannar I Kd-d inair-ra’'’ I ”'//n- R. 21. The year in which (Hammu-rabi), after having made the throne for (the great chamber of) Nannar of Babylon, The year in wliich Hammu-rabi, after having caused tf) make the Nannar (‘1) in the house of N^annar in Ba))ylon, ' Of. C. II., 5 : 20-23, kl-U-tutn u ini-shn-ra-ani i-7ia pt ina-tim aUi-kn-un, and the date shatuii Ka-ash-ti-U-ia-shu shairum ntc-she-ra Uh-ku-nu, Thureaii-naiigiii, O. L. Z., XI, C(il. 03. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 4. mu bad Gd-gi-a [ba-dil] A. mu bod Gd-gi-a ba-dil D. mu bdd Gd-gi-a ne'] mu-un{‘G-du VIII, 18/>. mu bdd -gal Gd-gi-a V. 40. The year in which (Hammu-rabi) after havin<>; built the wall of the Gagu,^ 5. mu c/?(?) KA-ash-bar-ra[ ] A. [mu m]u-uu-[n]a-au-dim D. The year in which (Hammu-rabi) , after liaYiiip; made — (3. mu bdd? ' A. [a??/ bdd? *'] La-az C. [mu mi(-]u[n-7ia]-dfm I). The year in which [IJ ammu-rabi) , after having made the of Laz, 7. mu [Unug^''] 7-si-in-[ [mu Idiug’"'] J-si-in-na''' mu Unug^‘^ I-si-in-na''^ mu Unug’^^ u 7-si-ird‘ ba-an-dih A. V. Pv. 24 and 25. [note 3). Par.44Sl(S.A.K.I.,XIX, The year in which (Hammu-rabi) , after having taken Erech and I sin, — — — " 8. mu m[a-d)n gd id nu-hu-[ ] A. mu[ ] E-mu-ut-ba-lum ('. [year). mu[ ] la-mu-ut-ba-lu[m IV, 31r/ (but cf. the 31st ' Part fit' the tenijih; preciiiets ol' SJifunasli. in Si])par; called the wide court of SluDiiaxh, Ad. IS. It is ('iften men- tioned in contracts as Vnigi'i or Gd-gi-(d‘\ it has a fj;at(' {Mb (!(i-gi-i)A\ 1!., X)b : 10; Avi (;d-gi-' women. C. T.. Nil, 22, .30991, Re\'. I, 14, LI, MAL + inserted GI = gd('?)-gi-(i = bit nn-oh'-iii i-tiiiii . hit n/[ ], hit le-lil-tum. bit l:iGu-t[nm]', ‘‘house of lustration,” and ‘‘house of seclusion" seems to point towards a meaninfr like ‘‘cloister.” ^ Perhaps ” for the lord who decides thi' decisions,” or ” a chamher foi- the ch-cidinc of (he decisions." " Or more likely: The year in which Erech and Isin has Ijeen taken. 8 58 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS The year in which H armmi-rahi, after havino; - — the land on the bank of the river , - The year in which [the ] of Eimdhal 9 . mu id Ha-am.umiuu-hi-h[e-(icd ] [mu id] Ha-amunu-m-hi-he-(j(d mu id Ha-nm-mu-rn-hi mu id Ha-am-mhi-d mu id-da Ha-am-mu-ra-hi The year in which {Hammu-rahi, after having’ du") the canal Ha mmurabi-Jjegal , A. C. M. 48, 106. II, 7; VI, 45. IV, 255. (cf. V. 12). 10. erim d-dam Ma-al-gi-kd A.; V. ■mu uru d-dam, -hi ]\[d-a\ld^.)-gi-a'''‘] II, 25.' mu nrid‘ d-dam-hi ]\Ial-gt-(d‘ R. 26. mu uru d-dam Malgd p'] Phil. 1652. mu uru d{-dam,) Malgd’'' R. 37.’ The year in which {Haimnu-rabi the king), after having — ) the city (var. armyA and the popu- lation of Malgii, — ^ 1 1 . mu [/^]a-5[ i]-k[u m]’'' ’ mu Ra-hi-kum,’'’ u Sha-li-bi mu Ra-bi-kum mu uru Ra-bi-ku)u’''’ (?) -mu Ra-bi-kuud’ \ Y I-bi-iq-‘' Ishkur ba-dib{'?) A. C. VIII, 41n. VIII, 48a. Bn. 91-5 9, 2515. The year in which {Hammu-rabi) , after having — , (var. the town of) Rabikum and Shalibi, The year in which, etc., Rabikum which Ibig-Ishkur had taken (?), — — — 12. mu ‘'’’■‘'''gu-za ^'’Za^r-}xi-ni-tum mu gu-za '’Zar-pa-ni-tum A.; ('.; VIII, 225. M. 30. * In R., 37 : 10, 17 and C. 7'., II, 2,5 : 13, 11 the same persons occur: Sin-erihnm (s. of Ilnm-piUin) and Bur-Sin. s. of Zilihon, l)otli times as first and second witnesses. ^Confusion of eri)ii and eri = uru. ^ Iff. II., -I : ■niu-uta-(iz-zi-ir tu-slii Md-al-ka-cd'‘ in ka-ra-shi-iin. On the probable position of Man on the middle Euphrates, see p. (15. note 1. FRO:\I THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 59 The year in which [Hammu-mbi has — ) a throne for Sarpanitum. 13. mu '‘''“'^'‘ki[-lugal-(juh]-ba (Ju-mah-bi A. mu ’^’''‘'^•^ki-lmjal-gub du-mah-bi C. The year in which {Hammu-rabi has — ) a brazen royal standing place and a ‘ C . ; A. (B. some traces) VIII, 13a; Bn. 88--5-12, 322 (= M. 94), Fr. 2. VIII, 18a; M. 13. VIII, 13c,^ 18c; Fr. 3, 4. M. 13 case. The year in which {Hammu-rabi) has a throne for Ninni of Babylon. 14. mu ^^^^gu-za {^Ninnp Kd-diugir-ra'^' mu ^'^''gu-za ^Xiniii mu gu-za '^Xinni mu gu-za ‘^Xinni Kd-diugir-ird'^ mu gu-za '^Xinni Kd-dingir-ra 15. mu alam-b[i Ymia-iia [mu alam-bi] imin-a-au mu alam-bi imin-a-an mu alam imin-bi mu alam-bi imin-[a\-an The year in which the seven images — A. B. C. II, 45; IV, 48a (Sippar). R. 27 (Sippar) (cf. Bii. [91-5-9, 780). ‘As ki-gub-ha means “ tnanzazu,” ki-lugal-gub-(b)a and ki-BAJ)-giib-{b)(i prol)aJ)ly denote the places where the king and the have their stands or seats, whicli is eonfinncd by the fact that in Ad. G ki-BAD-gub-[h)a appears as apposition to '^“‘’^‘gu-zn. Lugal refers evidently to the chief god of tlie temple (cf. Chub, (yl. B, 16 : 16). Accoixling to Si. 8, Ad. 1.5 and Az. 1.3, the stand of the god was or contained a representation of momitains and rivers that carr}^ e.xuberance and abundance (Si. 8). Compare to this the representations of gods .sitting on a throne, below which there runs a river with fish in it. (.Yn explanation, “a l>razen vessel or the like, erected in the ki-higal, corresponding to the construction of gu-za gd-en-na gub-ba-bi, nd(d)-bi ki-nd(d)-a gub-ba-hi and zi{d)-da Bl-da-ba gub-ba-bi, Gud., Cyl. B, 16 ; 17, 19; 17 ; 9, seems to be out of question, because uriidii is wanting several times, e.g., I\', 17c, YT, 33a; P. SO and M. 9, and ki-lugal-gub therefore must be considered as the principal idea. Besides, there is no a after ki-lugal or ki-BAD indicating the idea of locality, and also the co-ordination witli du-mah and speaks for urudu being a determinative.) Tlie du-mah, which here is closely connected witli the ki-lugal-gub (bi denoting a close connection, while ii expresses a contrast = “not only, Ijiit also”), is in .\z. 14 mentioned alone as an object of dedication. In this passage it likewse is or contains a representation of mountains and rivers. ? See L. I. H., Ill, p. 2.3.3, note 51, 60 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS 16. niu y N a-bi-uui^ [mn ''Na-hi-uiti mu (jii-za Na-bi-uni mil gu-za ^Na-bi-uni \ mu-na-dim A. B. IV, 126; M. 11 ; Fr. 6. P. 70. Tlie year in which {Hcunmu-rabi), after liaving made a throne for Nabium, 17. [mu] (dam. hitii] ki-bal mnsh-du-kd [/aa (dam '^Niiiui] ki-bal mash-du-ki mu, (dam. '^Niaui ki-bal tnash-du-ki mu Ha-aui-mu-ra-bi lug(d[-e] \ alam ''Niuui ki-bal mash-du-ki \ sag an-shu. Kiu-uti-U{'l)-la{‘l) uia (dam. '^Niimi ki mu. (dam '^Niuni ki-b(d | m.ash-du-k.i A. B. ('. P. 71. Berf. 974 (= M. 71). Berl. 975. The year in whicli IJ ammurabi the king, after having raised to heaven the image of Ad'uui,^ who throws down, the land of the enemies, 18. [tiiu ] '’ E n-lil-ra [mu A'/l/v + (T7>S7/-aaf]6 '’En.-lil-ra mu KAK + GISFI-nudi ^En-lil-ra ni.u KAK + GESlI-mah '’En-lil mu-na-dim (cf. 14. 24). A. B. ('. Vni, 43r (Sippar). The year in which {IJammu-r(d)i), after having made the siililime liattlemace^ for Enlil, 19. [mu. bdd l]gi-har-sag-gd A. [mu bad] En-igi-har-sag-g; made) the throne of Ishkur, The year after that, in which, etc. 21. [mu bad h)iu bad Ad-Ba-zut)d‘ mu bad Al-Ba-Ium (sic!) mu bad {AlABa-zum’'’ mu bad Al-Ba-zum ba-du A. B. ; Bu. 88-5-12, 241, 746 (’. [case. Bu. 88-5-12, 746. P. 72. The year in -which {Hammu-rabi) , after the wall of AI-Bazum'^ has been built, 22. [mu alam Ha-am-]mu-ra-bi [mu alam H]a-am-mu-ra-bi mu alam Ha-am-mu-ra-bi [tnu a]Iam Ha-am-mu-ra-bi lugal niy-si-sd The year in M'hich (Hammu-rabi, after having — ) the statue “Hammu-rabi is the king of righteous- ness, — A. B. M. 12; Berk 1020. C. 23. [ma Zimbi]d'' [mu ] ZimbiA‘-ra mu ABIN bad ZimbiA^ A.; B. Ck [(Sippar). M. 31 (= VIII, 135) The year in M'hich Hammu-rabi after having — the foundation of the wall of Sippar, 24. [mid ]^En-lil-ra A.; B.; (A (?) mu bara-mah '^En-Ul mu-na-dim (cf. H. 18). VIII, 43c (Sippar). The year in vdiich (Hammu-rabi) for Erdd. ^ Alu i.s never used as a mere determinative; here it .seems to be a part of the name of the town which means “town of Hazum” fnotiee tlie genetive Bu-zi; Baziiin =personal name), like A-aldOat-bsin, doorsocket of Arad-Xannar, 2 : 2; Tf-C'r-Al/.LS'//, B. E., Serie.s A, XH'. 114 : 11; Al-T ukul-ii-E-kuA^ , 12S ; 2, etc. For the personal name Bazuin compare Ba-a-zl (genetive of Buzuin, Cassite time), B. E., Serie.s A, XIV, 10 : 3, the hypocoristic Ba-zi~a, P. X., and the feminine name Ba-za-tum. P. X. ^ It was before this statue that IJaiiiiniirahi set up the stele on which was written his code of laws. A-rra-ti-ia fihu-ku-ra-lun i-rin nti-ru-in ash-tiir-tiiii i-nn mn-har fiilii/i-in Aifir v> i-.Aid-ri-im i/-ki-in, C . IP. 24 : 74-78. This statue of IJiinimii-rtihi stood in Bali\lnn in tin; temple E-.fn(jll (cf. //., 24 : r)!)-2.") : .I.S; see H. Godby, “The Place of the (.'ode of Humniu-raljt,” in The Moiii.a, ed. P. (.'arus, ^’f)l. X\’, No. 2, pp. 190-220, Chicago, 19t).5). * A. space for one sign; C. for two. B. has Ijcfore this line still another one; [ 62 BAHYI.ONIAN LP^GAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS 25. [mu hud Ziuibirf '- A. [mu had Z]imhid'‘ ha-du B. [mu had Zimhid '-ra C. The year in which {Hatumu-ndji, after having built) tlie wall of Sippar, 26. [mu (ja]l-la A. [mu ] (j(d-la} B. The year which «'reat 27. [uiu ]-mah A. [mu ]-mah yushkiu rusfi-a B. The year in which [Hammu-rahi has ) a sub- lime of red shining gold. 28. [A/ra I^]-nam-[he\ A. [mu E-nam]-he B. mu E-nam-he ‘^L^hhur Fr. 8. mu E-{uam-)lie 'Hshkur VUI, 12c. mu E-uam-he e-’-lshkur VUI, 40a. The year in which Hammu-rahi, after having — E-namhe (the temple) of Ishkur, — — — 21). [um al]aui '^Sha-[la] [uiu alam] ‘^Sha-la mu alam ^Sha-la A. B. IV, 4()a; R. 28. Tlie year in which H ammu-rahi, after having — the statue of Shala, 30. um uyuim Nim-ma[ ] [mu u(jui]m Nim-ma um (case: Ha-am-um-ra-hi luyal-e) uyuiui Niui-uia’''^ mu eriui uyuim N iui-uia (case: ^'0 A. B. Bu. 91-5-9, 2440. VI. 44c. The year in which H amum-rahi, after having — the army of Elam, — - --- ' Tim formula for this year eaimot be restored a.s mu Esh-uun-tui u-(jul-tjal-la , because this formula is foiiiid oil tablets from 1\-11 Sifr. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 63 31. mu ma-da E-mu-ut-[ba-lum ] [mu 7ua-da E-m]u-ut-ba-lum mu jua-da Ia-mu-ut-ba-Iu)n ?nu Ha-am-mu-ra-bi lugal SHI + DU B-ti Ana-'^En- Ul-bi-ta igi erim-na-shu ni-gin-na-a \ ma-da la- iuu-ut-ba~Ium{^'^) \ ii lugal Ri-im-‘^Sm \ shu-ni ki- ne-dug[ ] mu Ha-am-mu-m-bi lugal [ SHI + DU B-ti Ana^ ‘^Eu- lil-bi-ta [ igi erim-ua ui-giu-7ia-a A. B. R. 29; IV, 31r/. S. 37. S. 27, The year in which Hammu-rabi, the king, after his hand with the help of Anum and Ellil who marched liefore his army, had struck to the ground the land Emutbal and king Rim-Sin, 32. mu ugnim Ash[-nun-na'''^] [mu] ugnim Esh-nun-[na''''] mu erim Esh-ium-na^'^ '-^’^^tukul ba-sig nm ugnim Esli-nun-na’^^ mu ugnim Esh-nuiA^ A. Bu. 91-5-9, 1155. IV, 225. Fr. 12. Fr. 13. The year in which the army of Ashmmnak was slain with the weapon. 33. mu id Ha-mu-7'a-b[i ] 7nu id Ha-atn-mu-ra-bi 7iu-hu-nsli ni-shi mu id nu-hu-ush-ni-shi mu Ha-arn-mu-ra-bi lugal \ id Ha-am-mu-ra-bi nu-lru- ush ni-siri shag-gi-rd-a '^En-lil-ld mu-nn-ba-al The year in which Hatnniurabi, the king, after having dug the canal, “Hammurabi is the abundance of ’the people,” which brings the flood for Eidil- 3 A. VIII, 55. IV,13n;Bu.S8 5-12, 147. P. 10. ‘ .-^tras.sinaier’.s copy ha.s Ann Ana^En-, etc. ^ Or "the flood of Eiilil”? This iniglit he an allusion to the deluge story. Of. Gud., ('yl. A, 1 : (I. ^Compare the partly parallel pa.ssage, Louvre Inscr. Ohv. 17-22: nar IJn-nm-mn-rn-hi lui-hu-uKh ni-.ati tia-hi-lo-at rne-e h(>-yal n-rux mat Shu-me-ri-im u Ak-ku-di-im lii nh-ri. According to the attriliute of the canal in the above date formula, it .seems to have run past Nippur on its way to Shumer. Tlu' com])ouiRl substantive .niag-gi-rd-a forms a genetive {sfafus rons:ructus) connection with ^din-lil-lu. Tlie same construction, e.g., limestone tablet of tJammu-rahi from IJidlah, 11 : 12: sib shng-ilng i\Iiirduk-ge; niin shag-dng-dug ^En-til '■IX ! ii-Ul-hi = ru-bn-ti iiiu-tib Ub-hi 'Hii-lil u '^Xin-llt, l\ R., 12 : 9, 10. 64 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS 34. mu Ana ^Ninhii ‘^Na-namO mu Ana ’’■Ninni u ‘‘Na-na-a mu Ha-am-mu-ra-J)i lugal-e \ Ana '^Ninni u ^‘Na-na-a mu Ha-am-mu-m-})i lugal-e A7 ki '^Ninni ‘^Na-na-a 'mu-un-dim-nui [m.u\ H a-ani-mu-ra-hi lugal-e \ [Ana\ '’Nrnni u ‘^Na- na-a e-ne-hi-da mu H a-arn-mu-ra-hi lugcd-e Ana ''Ninni u ''Na-na-a \ e-[ne]-hi-ta mu Ha-am-mu-ra-bi lugal-e \ Ana ’’Ninni ‘^Na-na-a ' e-ne-hi-ta \ E-tur-kalam-nia mu-un-{gi)bil-a-au {'!) The year in which Hammu-rabi, the king, after having caused Animi, Ninni and NandAo he inade(?), — The year in which Hammu-rabi, tlie king, after having- restored E-tur-kala ma for Anum, Ninni and Nana, 35. mu bdd[ ] (?) mu bad Kara-’Eabbar mu bdd-gal Kam-NlabbarA' M. 51) mu bdd-gal Kara-^ Babbar (j) mu-un-du-n mu Ha-am-mu-ra-bi lug(d \ bdd-gal Kar-ra-Hlabbar mu-un-du-a mu Ha-am-mu-ra-bi lugal \ bdd-gal gu Id-digna \ har- sag-dim mu-un-il-la mu Ha-am-mu-ra-bi lugal [ ] j bdd-gal gu Id-digna har-sag-dim mu[-un-il-l((] \ Kara-NIabbar mu-ni ne-in-s[d-a] mu ‘'Ha-am-mu-ra-bi lugal-c | bdd-gal gu Id-digna j sag-bi har-sag-dUn mu-un-il-ld \ Kar-ra-' Babbar nvu-bi 7ic-/7i-[.sa] j mu-un-du-a mu bdd Kara-' Babbar j ii Ra-bi-kum mu bdd-gal Kara-‘’ Babbar'‘‘ i iibdd Ra-bi-kund' mu Ha-am-)nu-ra-bi lugal \ bdd-gal gu Id-digna{-ak}- ta \ Kara-' Babbar mu-)ii ne-in-sd-a [ ii [bdd Ra- b]i-kum'''' I gu id Bura)iunu-ka | mu-un-du-a ' ]*’ri('dri(-‘li’.s I'lipv sliows an additional sign hcl'ore kar. A.; S. 38 (=M. 39). IV, 25c; Fr. 41. II, 27 : 14, 15. Brit. Mus. 33230 case; V. 78 (= S. 44). R. 61 : 7, 8. M. 82. V. 109 (= S. 35) (Tell Sifr.). A. R. 41 ; 42 case; Fr. 11. M.51; VI,416;Fr. 27 (?)' R. 13 (Xippiir); M. 34 S. 47. [(Tell Sifr.). P. 11. P. 12. S. 28. R. 40; M. 62. IV, 425. P. 12 case. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 65 The year in which Hammurabi, the king, after having built a great castle on the bank of the Tigris whose summit (var. which) he made high like imto a mountain, and whose name he called ‘‘Wall of Shamash," and (after having built) the wall of Rabikum on the bank of the Euphrates, 36. mul'^Tash-nie-tum] mu ‘^Tash-me{S. 40 var. -??ii)-tiun (Nippur) mu H a-am-mu-ra-bi ^ T ash-me-tum. mu '^Tash-me-tum gushkin mu '^Tash-me-tum gushkin-'Rai?) mu ‘‘Tash-me-tum KA-shag-shdg-ga{S. 40 add. -a)-ni mu Ha-am-mu{39 adds -um)-ra-bi lugal-e (m. 39) ] ^Tash-me-tum KA-shdg-shdg-ga(3() case and 43 add. -a)-ni A. P. 17. S. 33, 36, 39, 40, 108. R.346;36«;Vni. S.43 (TellSifr). [5a; 37d. R. 35a (Sippar). R. 34a. VIII, 436; S. 40. S. 33 case; 36 case; 39 case; 43 case. The 3 "ear in which Hammu-rabi, the king Tashmctum, who his prayer. 37. mu\bdd d/d-rP* ba-g]ul mu bdd Md-rk'‘ mu bdd Md-rA^ ba-gul mu bdd Md-rR^ ba-gul -I a mu bddMd-rA’ u Md-al-ka-a^'^ ba-an-gul mu H a-am-mu-ra-bi lugal-e \ {dug Ana ‘’En-lil-ld-ta, case) ^ bdd Md-rA^ \ u bdd Md-al-ka-a \ ba-an-gul-la mu H a-am-mu-ra-bi lugal-e \ dug Ana-'^ En-lil-ta \ bdd Md-ri’^^ \ ii Md-al-gi-a’^^ mu-un-guk A. R. 23; M. 52. R. 22. M. 105. S. 31 (TellSifr). M. 27. Vni, 22c (Babylon). ’ That this date belongs to the later part of [fatnmuraln’s reign ensues because of the following reasons: 1. C. T.. VIII, 22c ; .3, o, a married woman bears the name “Hiimmurabi-shnrri” ; this points to a time after, at least, the 1 Itli year of Qarnrnurabi. 2. The Tell Sifr contracts S. 31 and IM. 27 are dated in this year; but Southern Babylonia came definitely under the swaj- of Hatnmurahi only after his 29th or 3()th year. 3. Sln-rimeni hazanu and Ihiq-A iia duh-xar (7?., 22 : 25. 26) occur C. T., ^TII, 32c : 23, 24 (10th year of Sdinxu-ibimi), and the latter also C. 7’., II, 5 : 31 (9th year of Somsu- ilurux). On the geographical position of Mari see V'eissbach, Mixccllen, p. 13. From the inscription of Shaiiwxh-rcsh-usur it ensues that it is near tlie territory of Suhi, of the po.sition of which on the middle Euphrates not far from the mouth of the Ijahur the inscriptions of Assyrian kings leave no doubt. As a special kind of boats was named after Mari, it was evidently situated on the Euphrates, probably somewhat farther dovm the river. 9 66 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS The year in which IJammu-rahi, after having destroyed the wall of Mari and Malkd upon the command of Anurn and Ellil, 38«. 7nu ^Esh-nun-nM' a-gaV-yal-Ia mu Esh-nun-?uA^' a-gnl-gal-ki 7nu-un-gul [mu E[sh-nu7i-na a-gal-gal rnu-un-gid-la mu Ha-am-mu-ra-hi lugal Esh-tmm-na^^ a-gal-gal-la mu-un-gid-la mu Esh-tiu7i-7ud^ a-gal-galda \ mu-un-gul-bi mu Esh-mm-tud^ a-gal-gal-e \ mu-im-gal-e h.mu IJa-am-mu-ra-hi lugal } ugnim Tu-ru-uk-ku \ Ka- ag-mu-umE u Sii-biM^-bi-ta mu Ila-am-mu-ra-bi \ ugnim Tu-iu-uk-kum \ Ka-ag- [p. 35. A.; M. 87; R. T., XVII, S. 46; M. 29; R. 30a. II, 41. S. 46 case; P. 15. R. 305. S. 41 (M. 47) case. S. 41 (M. 47) tablet. P. 14. m.u-u mu ugnim Tu-ru-kum M. 64. mu ki-"''l fd)-pa-fim \ airil Tu-ru-kum i\I. 70. The year in which {H ammu-rabi) , after having Aduiunuak, which a great flood had destroyed, The yea- 1 ’ in which the army of Tiirukkum, Kagmu and Sube — 39. m[u kdib (/u-(l('i-]a-bk mu kdib gu-dd-a-bi mu kih'b gu-dn-a-bi \ ddd‘l)-EDI N^'‘-ne{'A mu kdib gu-dd-bi \ kur du{l)-EDIN’''^-ge(‘l)uia 7nu H a-ani-niu-ra-bi lugal-e kdib gu-dd-a-bi {I ) kur du{A-EDIN''‘ [-a]c(?) | s[c.947^'S5-ae]-Oi-r[a-]a mu kdib gu-dd-a-bi | kur du{‘l)-El)IN’^‘--ne \ sag gish- ne-ri-a mu kdib gu-dd-a-bi \ kur du{'l)-EDIN-ge{d)-nE A. P. 75, 76: ^ III, 505. P. 74. P. 73. P. 16 (Xippiir). M. 67 (= S. 103) (Tell Sifr). M. 7. The year in which IJammu-rabi, the king, after having subdued the totality of the land of the enemies in the desert district(?), ‘ The lonnuhi occurs on Nip[)ur ami Tell-Sil'r contracts ami is thcrctorc to he assigned to fjdininu-niln'ti later \’i'ars. Mu-ha-(lu-}im mar 'ISin-a-zu (S. 103, S. 13) occurs also on S. 71 : 21 (3d year of Si) and on 97 : 2G (Sth yi'ar of Si). The correcliipss of the transcription and translation of the first part of the formula may he doubted. ■ ileissner’s copy shows kur-ne-ra-gc-iie. t FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 67 40. [WR ] [ ] (?) mu id Ti-shi-it-'^En-IiI{-Ia, VI, 475) mu id T[i-shi-i]t-'^En-Iil \ id ZimbiE^ \ mu-un-ba-al-la mu id Ti-shi-it ^En-lil j ^En-lil-ld id Zimbir''^ The year in M’hich (Hammu-rabi), after having built the canal Tishit-Enlil, the canal of Sippar, 41. [/Rw E-me-te-u]r-s[ay] mu Ha-am-mu-ra-bi lugal-e (M. 46 om.) E-me-te-ur- sag mu-un-bil-a (var. -Id, P. 18; -la, P. 18 case) mu Ha-am-mu-ra-bi lugal-e \ E-me-te-ur-sag-gd \ mu- lui-bil-ld \ IGI + E-nir ki-KU-mah \ '^Za-md-md '^Xin-ni \ sag-bi an-dim-il-la \ mu-un-du-a mu Ha-am-mu-ra-bi lugal-e \ E-me-te-ur-sag mu-un- bil-a \ IGI + E-nir ki-KU-mah \ '^Za-md-md ’^Ninni- ge \ sag-bi an-dim-il-la \ mu-un-du-a mu E-me-te-ur-sag-gd \ mu-un-bil-ld \ E + IGI-nir ki- KU-mah ' Za-md-md '^Ninni The year in which Hammu-rabi, the king, after having restored E-mete-ursag and having built the temple tower, the sulilime abode of Zamama and Nmni, so that its head rises as high as heaven, 42. [mu 771U bdd[ (?) 7nu bad Shi-ra-77ia}X r7iu bdd Shi-ra-77iaJX' ba-du mu bdd Shi-ra-77iaK^ 7nu-u7i-d[u-a] The year in which (Ha77i77iu-?'abi), after having built the fortress Shira77iah, 43. [ 771 U sahar Zwibid'^] uru-dii ‘^[Babba7'] 7nu sahar ZwdJnU^ uni-du '^Babbai') 771U sahar Zi77ibid'^ \ uru-dii Babbai'-ta 7nu sahar -gal Zi77ibi7''^^ mu Zmibid"’- uru-du j '^Babbar-ge [ bdd-bi saluu-gal-ta A. M. 110 case; VI, 476; Bu. M. 110. [88-.'^- 12, 211. Fr. 25. A. M. 45, 46 (= B. .56 and 61); S. 25, 42; P. 18 (Tell Sifr, Nippur). S. 26 (Tell Sifr). M. 46 (case of B. 61) (Tell Sifr). S. 26 ( = case of 25) (Tell Sifr). A. C. R. 38; VI, ,366. R. 39a. R. 396. A. C. VI, 44a R. 33. R. 31. 68 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS mu Zimhir'''‘ uru-du Fr. 7. (?) mu Zimhir’'^ shattum epir Sippar^^ ish-sha-ap-ku VI, 48c. R. 32. File year in which Harnmu-rabi, the king, after having thrown up the wall of Sippar, the beaut if id city* of Shamasfi, with gr-eat masses of earth,^ Sam su-i LUNA. 1 . mu Sa-ani-su-i-lu-na lugal-e mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na liigal mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lu[gal-e {dug-ga zi-da ^Marduk- ka-ta)] I nam-en-bi kur-kur-r[a ] mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal(-e M. 66) dug-ga zi-da Marduk-ka-ta mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal | dug-ga zi-da ‘^Alarduk \ ka-ta I nani-en-bi kur-kur-ra PA-e-shu('?)-ag-a A.; VIII, 9a; R. 45, 48; Fr. 15; 51. 66 (tablet). VI, 3, 40a, 486; P. 20; C. [R. 47. P. 62; 51. 66 case ( = S. 68)® (Xippiir, Tell Sifr). S. 51 (Tell Sifr). The year in which Sanisu-iluna, the king who at the true command of Marduk makes shine his dominion in the lands,* 2. mu [ama-a]r-gi Ki-en-gi /vi[ ] mu ama-ar-gi Ki[ ] [mu ama-]a7mji Ki[-en-gi Ki-uri] in-gar mu ania-ar-gi mu ania-ar-gi mu ama-ar-gi Ki-en-gi Ki-uri mu ama-ar-g[i\ mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal ama-ar-gi i-ni-gar-ra A. C. D. Vni, 246 (tablet). VI, 32a. Case. 51. 33. 51. 100 (Babylon). '■ Cf. Untid^ nru-dti, Jtim-Sin, stone tal)leL A, Rev. 5. Terra-cotta cone, A. 25 (Tluireau-Dangin, .1. K. /.). ^ Cf. h(i(l Ziiiibid^ sah">'-f., 44 (S. 17), which Thureau-Dangin transcribes with alaii-s/id((/)-s/id(y)-ne. ® B., according to King, traces like unu. D. C. B.; I\, 46a. Vni, 42c. S. 59, 61 (Tell Sifr). S. 56, 66 (Tell Sifr). S. 54 (Tell Sifr). S. 62 (Tell Sifr). D. M. 55. VI, 7; S. 72. R. 56. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 71 the statues), has brought praying statues of guardian gods of gold, into E-bahbar before Shamash, and into E-sagil before Marduk. 7. mu C. mu ^^^Hukul ^shhMiir B.; Fr. 21, 40. jmi ^^^’’tukul ki-lugal-gub har-sag idE D. mu ^^^Hukul ] shu-nir-mah{"t) P. 79. mu °^^Hukul shu-nir gushkin \ ku-babbar P. 78. mu sliu-nir-mah M. 8. mu ^^^Hukul shu-nir \ gushkin Fr. 20, 20a. ?nu ^^^Hukul shu-nir nig-babbar-ra Fr. 22 (21). mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e <’^^Hukul shu-nir nig-bdr- P. 27. bar-ra mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal{-c) \ ^'^Hukid shu-nir nig- P. 77. babbar-ra \ gushkin ku-babbar mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e \ <’'^Hukul shu-nir nig- S. 55. babbar-ra gushkin ku-babbar \ me-te- -ge \ ^ Marduk-ra a-mu-na-E U mu Sa-a?n-su-i-lu-na lugal-c \ ■’^'^’'tukul shu-nir nig- S. 49. babbar-ra \ gushkin ku-babbar-ge mc-te- . . . . -ge \ '^Marduk-ra a-mu-na-RU \ E-sag-il-la e '’JMarduk- mi-ni-in-mul-la-a The year in M’hich Samsuiluna, the king, after having dedicated to Marduk a aia^raFa-weapon, a shining one, of gold and silver, the ornament of and after having it in E-sagil, the house of Marduk, 8. mu "^"^"^dvi-lugal-gub har-sag ida ash-ash[ ] B. mu ^^^’'lukul ki-lugal-gub har-sag Ukk D. mu '^’'^Mzi[-lugal-gub C. mu Sa-am-su-i-luna lugal-e \ ^''^‘^'Ei-lugal-gub har-sag P. 28; Fr. 25. id-da-ash-ash ‘ Confusion of the dates for the 7th and tlie Sth year. So according to iMesserscliniidt’s cojyv in (K L. Z., X, p. 174; ljut judging from tlie copy in King, Chronicles, wliicli shows a clear iirndu in.stead of the scribe hassinpdy omitted the formula of the Sth year. ^ Tfje copy has e-din(jir-dingir-Mnrduk — c Ana -'^Marduk? 72 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal '“''^^'^''ki-higal-guh har-sag-id- ash-ash-bi 7nu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal | ^"''^‘^^i-lugal-gub | har-sag id-ash-ash-bi \ hi-nun he-gal-bi lum-tum 7nu Sa-a7n-s7i-i-lu-7ia lugal | '^''^'^^[k]i-h7gal-g7ib-ba id- liai'-sag-ash-ash-b i 77m '"’^'‘^"ki-lugal-gub ha7'-sag | ida-ash-ash-bi-ta{l) 7nu ki-lugal-g7d) {ha7'-)sag^ mu ki-lugal-gub har-sag-ul-ash-ash{l)-bi mu sha-di-i u 7ia-ra-ti7n The year in which Samsu-ilima, the king (after having made) a (brazen) lordly 7na7izdzu (which represents) mountains and rivers carrying exuber- ance and abundance, ^ 9a. 7nu us-sa ^'''^'^^ki-lugal-g^ilf mu us-sa ki-lugal-gub-ba b. mu uguim Ka-ash-shu-u mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e ugnim Ka-ash-sku-u tnu Sa-amsu-i-lu-na lugal-e ugnind Ka-ash-shu The year in which Sa7nsu-iluna,, the king, after having the hordes of the kashshu, 10 . hnu ugnim. f-da-ma-ra-az 7nu erim I-da-ma-ra-az mu erim I-da-ma-7'a-az^^ mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e \ ugn im I-da-ma-ra-az The year in which {Samsu-iluna, the king, after having ) the hordes of Idaniaraz, 11. [nm ] mu bad Uri'^' Unug’^^ mu Sa-ani-su-i-lu-na lugal {-e P. 35) bad Urk'^ U 7iug’''^-ga mu-u n-g u l-la ‘ First part of say written over liar. ^ Cf. H 13, note. ^ D. was composed in this year. ^ (ki)-^U Lib-gar. S. 69, 70 (73) (Tell Sifr). S. 65 (Tell Sifrj. S. 70 case (Tell Sifr). Fr. 23, 24. P. 80. VI, 33a. P. 81. D.; R. 57; M. 73. IV, 17c. B. Bii. 88-5-12, 144. II, 5. A; B. VIII, 24a : 32c. P. 82. S. 63 (Tell Sifr). A. B. P. 35; 37 (case) ; 30. FROM THE TIxME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 73 juu Sa-am-su-i~lu-na lugal-e bad u Unug'"^ mu- un-gul-la mu ^ Sa-am-su~i~lu-na lugal had Uri'^^ u Unug’^^ mu- un-gul mu Sa-am-su-idu-na lugal-e bad Url’^^-ma Unug^‘-ga mu-un-gul-e mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e dug-ga Ana En-lil-bi-da (P. 33 var. -^a) bad Uri^^ ii Unug'^^-ga mu-un-gul-la mu bad Urd'^ The year in which Samsu-ihma, the king;, after having destroyed at the command of Anum and Ellil the wall of Ur and Uruk, — 12. mu kur gu-si-a [mu kur gu-]si-a mu kur gu-si-a an-ga-a mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal | kur gu-si-a an-ga-a-an \ mu-da-bal-esh mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-Jia lugal-e \ kur gii-si an-ga-a-an mu-un-da-hal-e-esh-a-an The year in which Samsu-iluna, the king, after all(?) the lands had revolted from him, — 13. [mu Ki-sur-ra] ii Sa-bu-bi-da-ge mu Ki-sur-ra ii Sa-b[u ] mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lu[gal\ | Ki-sur-ra Sa-bu-um \ bi-da-ge rnu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e ] Ki-sur-ra^^ Sa-bu-um^^- bi-da-ge mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e ] dug En-lil-ld-ta Ki-sur- ra^^ ' Sa-bu-um^^ -bi-da-ge I KA-si-il-ld-ash 7ie-in-tu-ra mu Sa-am-su-i-lu{-na) lugal ] Ki-sur-ra’"'^ Sa-bu-um mu-un-gid-la The year in which Samsu-iluna, the king, after having brought to obedience (var. destroyed) Kisurra and Sabum, — — — P. 36. P. 31. P. 32. P. 33; 34 (36 case). P. 58. B. ; VI, 49c. A. [(=VI, 49c). Case of Bn. 91-5-9, 2518 P. 38 (Nippur). P. 39. A. B. P. 42 (Nippur). P. 43. P. 40. P. 83. 10 74 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS 14. [mil lu(jal-im-(/i] g{i-[ba]r-ra A. mu luyal-im-(ji (ju-b[ar-ra] B. mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na luyal \ luyal-im-yi yu-bar-ra P. 44. mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na luyal \ luyal-im-yi (case: -yi{y)) P. 45. yu-bar-ra \ lu-Ki-uri-ye eb-ta-bal-bal \ -e-esh-a mu luyal vm[- ] YIII, 156. The year in which kiii^ Samsu-iluua, the subduer of the illegal king whom the Accadians had seduced to make a rebellion, 15. [mu bdfl] I-si-iu-mS' ba-yul-la mu bad 7 -si-in [-na^'^ ] mu bad 7-si-in^' j ki-bi-shu [ue]-in-yi-a mu [Sa-am-su-i-lu-na luyal] bad I-si-m[-na] ^d'i-bi-shu ne-in-yi-a mu Sa[-am\-su-i-lu-na luyal \ bad 7-s[i-]i}S^-na ba-yul- la I ki-bi-shu [n\e-in-yi-a \ [ ] ne(?)-i:n-KU{'?)-a A. B. P. 84. Bu. 88-5-12, 153 and 707. P. 46 (Nippur). The year in which Samsu-iluna, the king, after hav- ing restored to its place the destroyed wall of Isin and having settled (?) , 16. mu bad] au-da-[s]d-a, A. mu bdd au-d[a-sd-a ] B. mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na luyal-e I bdd an-da-s[d-a] R. 59. mu bdd an-da-sd-a Zimbid' ! a-dii-e^ II, 13. mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na luyal-e \ bdd an-da-sd-a Zimbid' i P. 85. a{l)-du-e'^ I mu-un-du-a The year in which Samsu-iluna, the king, after having built the wall of Sippar that eipials the heaven , 17 . [mu] bdd-ash-asli yal-yal-la m u bdd-asli-ash[ ] mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na l[uyal] 1 bdd-ash-ash yal-la [ Or nig-dii-e'l A. B. R. 60. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 75 mu Sa-am~su~i-lu-na lugal[ ] [ bdd-ash-ash gal-gal P. 47. E-mu-ut-ba[-al] ba-gul-lu-ush-a ki[-bi-shu ne-in- gi-a] The year in which king Samsu-iluna, after having- restored to their place the great castles of Emutbal which had been destroyed, 18. mu E-babbar ‘^Babbar Zimbir{'l)-ra’^'' A. mu E-babbar-ra e [^Babbar ] B. mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e \ e ^Babbar-ge Zimbir’^'- Fr. 26. shu-bil ne-in-ag-a mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal j E-babbar-ra e ‘^Babbar-ge P. 48. Zimbii'^'-ta shu-bil ne-in-ag \ Igi + E-nir gigun-na- mah-a-ni sag-bi an-shu mi-ni-in-us-sa The year in which king Samsu-iluna, after having renovated E-babbar, the temple of Shamash in Sip- par, and after having raised to heaven the head of the stage tower, his sublime gigunu, 19. mu ^^"^gu-za bara{'l)-b[ar]a{?) gushkin min-na-bi A. [??n( Sa-a]ni-su-i-lu-na lugal-e \ [^^^’'gu-zab]ara gushkin P. 50. m in-a -b i M a rdu k '^]Zar- pa -n i-t u ni \ -b i-da mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e \ <’'‘''‘gu-za bara gushkin-na P. 49. min-a-bi ‘^Marduk Zar-pa-ni-tum-bi-da-ge \ in-ne- shi-in-dim-ma The year in which king Samsu-iluna, after having- made two golden thrones for the sanctuary of Marduk and Zarpanitum, — — 20. mu kur nu-she-ga-ne A. mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e ■ lugal sag-kal kur nu-she- P. 51. ga-ni . ne-in-si-si-ga-a mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal sag-kal \ kur nu-she-ga-ni P. 53 (52, 54). ne-in-si-si-ga The year in which king Samsu-iluna, the supreme king, after having thrown down the unruly land, ‘ To tlie determination of the locality by means of -ta after a nominal expression cf. ba-dim E-habbar c^Babbar LarsamE'-ma.-ta , Brick of Hammu-rabi from Larsam. 76 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS 21. m\u ^Y^''^gu-za bara-gu-l[a ] mw ^^^^gu-za zag(J) gushkin gu[-la-ta‘l] \ mul-mul[ mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e \ ^^^’'gu-za bara gu-la gushkin-ta \ mul-dim^ mul-mul-ld \ '^Nin-gal-ra mu- na-diin-ma mu Sa-am~su-i-lu-na lugal-e \ gu-za bara gu-la gushkin- la I mid-dim. mul-ymd-la [^]N in-gal-ra | [mu-n\a- dim-ina mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na ^^^’^guza gushkin-ta A. VIII, 41c. VIII, 326. P. 55. VIII, 15a. The year in which king Samsu-duna, after having- made for Ningal a throne in the great golden chamber which sparkled like the stars, 22. mu 4- dJ-nir ki-KU-mah mn Sa-am-su-i-lu-7ia lugal-e \ IGl E-nir ki-KU -mah I ‘‘ Za-77id-md ‘’Nmni-bi-da-ge \ shu-bil ne-in-ag mu Sa-a7n-su-i-lu-7ia lugal-e j IGI + E-7iir ki-KU-azag- Za-7na-md A.; IV, 76:176;Vni, 15a. P. 57. P. 56. The year in which king Samsu-duna, after having renovated the stage tower, the sublime (var. clean) dwelling place of Zamama and N'inni, — 23. 771U d-kal[ ] mu Sa-am-su-i.-lu-7m lugal-e d-kal RUSH-ra ‘^En- lil-li j mu.-na-a7i-s'i-ma-ta mu Sa-ani-su-i-lu-na lugal-e 1 d-kal RUSH-ra '^En-ld- li mu-na-an-si-ma-ta \ Sho,-a'-na^^ Za-ar-ha-nu-um mu bdd Sha-a’-na-a mu Sha-a’ -7ia-a A. P. 58. R. 46. Vni, 32a. VIII. 6a. The year in which king Samsu-duna, after having in the formidable might which Elld had given him, {destroyed) Shadia and Zarhanum, ‘ .\fter a copy by King. = CL IV R., 9 : 24rt, ki-KU-mah = shuh-lu rUi-tim. FR0:M the time of the first dynasty of BABYLON. 77 24. mu bad A'[«s/z] p*] A. mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-7ia lugal nam kalam-ma \ mu-un- R. 61 : 11-13; 37-39, case ui'-ra I had Kish^^ mu-un-du-a 32-34. }nu Sa-am-su-i-lu-7m lugal nam kalam-77ia mu-ur-ra bad Kish^^ gu id Buranimu 77iu-un-du-a The year in which Sa77isu-ihi7ia, the king, who deter- mined* the destiny of the land, after having built the wall of Kish on the bank of the Euphrates, 25. 772U ala77i [ ] A. [year!) 77111 Sa-a777-su-i-lu-7ia lugal-e \ ala 777 {'!)^^^Hukid(‘l)-sig- II, 43. (But cf. the 31st gi ki{'l)-sag{‘l)- j 77iu-7i7i- -a The year in which Sa77isii-iluna, the king, after hav- ing a statue (?) with a striking weapon (?) in the place, 26. 771U ha7'-sag[ ] 771U har[ 771U Sa-a77i-su-i-lu~na lugal-e \ ha7'-sag-gal kur Mai^-tu 7nu Sa-a77i-su-i-lu-na[ ] [ liai'-sag-gal kur Mai'-tu- a[-ta\ 7nu Sa-a77i-su-i-lu-77a lugal-e \ ha7'-sag-gal kur Mar-tu- a[-ta] gar u 10 da-ush[ ] | nci sag-gi-a- ha[ ] A. R. 62. II, 27 : 18, 19. P. 59. The year in which king Sa77isu-iluna, after having (brought) from the great mountain of the west- land a stone measuring 1^ gar 4 cubits and 10 inches(?)^ , 27. mu nig-bahhar-ra^ mu Sa-a77i-su-i-lu-na lugal[ ] | nig-babbar-ra sakkur- sakkur-i^.) , ki shag du-shar-m* II, 27. P. 67. ‘ Ur {Br., 11890) = hamumu, "to direct.” ^ That is, about 11 metres. ^ As the text in lines 18 and 19 mentions tlie 26th year of Samsu-ihina, and as the formulas from the 2Sth year to the last year of Samsu-iluna are knowi, it follows that the above given formula is that of the 27th year. * The transcription of this line is a mere attempt . 78 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS mu Sa-am-su-i4u-n[a lugal ] \ niy-babbar-ra sakkur- P. 90. sakkurl-ra^l] [ ] The year in which Samsu-iluna, the king after having 28. [mu d]-dg[-gn ] mu Sa-am-su-i-lu~na lugal | d-dg-gd En-lil-ld-ta{‘l) mu Sa-am-sii-i-lu-na lugal \ d-dg-gd ‘^En-lil-ld [mu Sa-amsu-i-lu-n]a lugal ] d-dg-gd '^En-lil-ld [ mu nam d-dg-gd | ‘‘En-lil-ld-ta A. P. 60. R. 70 : 15, 16. IV, 11a. P. 61. The year in which king Samsu-iluna, after having — upon the (decision of the) oracle of Ellil, 29. 7nu[us-s]a d-d[g-gd ] A. rnu Sa-am-su-i-lu-7ui lugal-e us-sa d-dg-gd ''En-lil-ld VI, 20a. The year after that in which, etc. 30. 7mi us-sa us-sa d-dg-gd[ ] mu us-sa us-sa d-dg-gd mu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e \ us-sa us-sa-bi d-dg-gd '^E7i-Ul-ld[ ] 77171 bil nii7i-ka77i-77ia \ [s/i]a egir mu d-dg-gd ‘^En-lil-ld A. IV, 39a. P. 86. VIII, 96. The second year after that in which, etc. 31. 77111 ala7n-a-7ii gish-tiini 77iu[- ] A. mu Sa-a77i-su-i-lu-7ia lugal j alatn ‘■’‘‘’Hukul gushkm R. 70 ; 26, 27. 7'usk-a'^ The year in which king Sajusu-iluita, after having (made) a statue with a weapon of red shining gold, — 32. 77177 id Qa7'{l)[- A. The year in which Sa7nsu-ilu7ia, after having — the canal, , ' This liate has to be consigned to the 31st year, because H. 70 stands between the ^Sth year of Soin^u-ilunn and a year of Abieshu’, and no other formula of the intermediate years begins \\ith alnm. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 79 33. mu Al-Ka-ma{Vj-ra-tum[ ] A. The year in which Samsu-iluna, after having — Al-Kamaratum, 34. [mu] gish-gal nam-nun~na A. [/r]r Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e \ gish-gal nam-nun-na P. 87. E-he-du 1 [ ] mu-un[- -a] The year in which king Samsu-iluna, after having — a manzdzu of grandeur in E-he-du , 35. mu A-ma-al^^ Ar-ku-um’'^ A. The year in which {Samsu-iluna, after having — ) Ajnal and Arkum, 36. mu erim Mar-tu-a A. The year in which (king Samsu-iluna, after having — ) the people of the West land, 37. mu m[a-d]a Ki-uri-a A. The year in which (king Samsu-iluna, after having — ) the land of Akkad, 38. mu U d-ba-nu-il-la A. ?nu Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e \ '' U d-ba-nu-il-la SAL + P. 88. GISH kala-ga '^Nin-IB ur-sag-gal \ in-na-an-bil-a The year in which king Samsu-iluna has renovated the “unsparing storm, the mighty battle mace, for NinIB the great hero. U7icertain Dates. a. mu us-sa Sa-am-su-i-lu-na lugal-e \ la-di-ha-bu u P. 64. Mu-ti-hu-ur-sha-na ' KAK + GISH rush-a-na gish- hash ne-in-ag-a The year following that in which king Samsu-iluna, after having destroyed with his fierce battle mace ladih-abu and Midihurshana{l), — ‘ Before this divine weapon of NinIB it was a custom in Nippur to take an oath; ef .P. 19 ; 29, ma-har^l 'd-ba-nu-il-la ija-ba-um, and .58 ; 1, 2, eru KAG -\-01SII-'^Xin-IB iz-zi-iz-ma “tlic Itrazcn l)attle mace of NinIB stood a^s witness.” 80 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS b. mil Sa-ani-su-i-lu-fia lugal \ ki-in-gin nig ud-ul(J)- P. 63. 1 1 ( ? ) -ta ( ? ) d ( ? ) -shu b-ba ( ?) The year in which kiiiji: Samsu-iluna, after having — the ki-in-gin, which since old times had lieeii in ruins(? ?)/ c. [nm Sa-ani\-su-i-lu-nalugal-e\ [ . .ba P. 89. . . . I [ ] Mash-gan-shabra{'!)^'’ The year in which king Samsu-iluna, after having — Masfigan-shabra,^ Ili-ma-ilum. mu bil l-U-ma-ilum lugal-e P. 68. The year after that in which Ili-ma-ilum — Abi-eshu’. 1. mu A-bi-e-sliu’ lugal-e Fr. 29. a.^ mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e \ gii-gu-ga d niah Marduk-ge IV, 15b: 3, 4. The year in which king Abi-eshii , who trusts in the great might of Alarduk, a+1. mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e 1 sih ki-dg Ana ^En-lil-bi- IV, 156; ^TII, Ic : 3, 4. da-ge The year in which king Abi-eshu’, the beloved shep- herd of Anuni and Ellil, a + 2. niu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e \ dug-mah.Ana ^En-lil-bi- VIII, Ic (Sippar). da-ge \ d-kal gal-gal Marduk-bi-da*-ge mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e \ dug-mah Ana ^ En-lil-ld{l)- ATII, 33c (Sippar). ta I d-kal gal-gal Marduk-ka-ta^ ' Traiiscriptioii and translation are mere attempts. Is this formula identical with that of the 2Sth year? ^ Mentioned C. H 4 : 3. Or Mashgan-sharri'l The sign is much effaced. ^ The three consecutive years a — a + 2 seem to belong to the earlier time of Abi-eshu’, since H. 70 records purchase of fields in the a + 2d year of Abi-eshu’ iu connection with such purchases in the 2Sth and 31st years ( Sanisu-ilunu. ■' bi-(ki probably mistake of the scribe. * The copy shows ba-c for the two last signs. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 81 mu A-bi-c-shu-u’ lugal-e \ dug-rnah Ana ‘^En-lil-bi- da{?)~ge{A mu A-bi-e-shu~u lugal-e \ dug-mah Ana '‘En-lil-ld-ta \ alam^ gal-gal-la ^ Manluk-ge The year in M’hich king Abi-eshu’, after at the sub- lime command of Anum and Ellil the great battle forces of Marduk , b. mu alam-a sUim{‘!)-ma sd{‘!)-a-ge{'!) The year in which (king Abl-eslmd has — ) a statue which procures prosperity. b^l. mu E-kish-shlr-gdl N annar-kam{'l) mu A-bi-e-shu-id lugal-e \ E-kish-slur-gdl The year in which king Abi-eshid, after having — E-kish-shir-gal, the house of Nannar, c. mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e | id GAM-A-bi-e-shu-id \ mi-n i-in-dun-na mu A-bi-e-shu-id lugal-e \ id G AM -A-bi-e-shu-u' ~ge \ mi-in-dun-na The year in which king Abi-eshuh, after having dug the canal ‘ ^splendor of Abieshu’,” C--1. mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e \ nimgir-nimgir KU-GI k u -babbar-b i-da-ge mu A-bi-e-shu-u' lugal-e j nimgir-nimgir-a KU-Gl-ga 1 kii-babbar-ra-bi-da-ge mu A-bi-e-shu-u' lugal-e \ nimgir-ni7ngir{-al) KV-GI- ga ku-bdr-ba-ra\-bi-da-ge mu A-bi-e-shu-u' lugal-e \ nirngir-nimgir-a KU-GI-ga- ge mu A-bi-e-shu-u' lugal-e ] nim-gir-nim-gir-a KU-GI- ga-ged) VIII, 33c ; 8, 9 (Sipparj. R. 70 (Sippar). VIII, 38c : 12. VIII, 38c. R. 66, 67. R. 72 :4-6; 73. R. 73 : 4-6. R. 72. R. 73; VI, 246. VIII, 176. R. 119, Rev. I, 30. R. 76. ' The variant reading alum lor d-kal makes it probable that ID-KAL lias to be pronounced a-lama. As long as the continuation of the formula does not disprove it, a translation “the great images of Marduk ” is not out of question either. 11 82 BABYLONIAN J.EGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS mu A-bi-c-shu-ii^ Iwjal-e \ nim-(]ir-riim-(jir-a \ KtJ-Gl- P. 94. (ja-'^^ash-teba7'a-zagba-7ii-ge-7ie\ VIII, 276. ni-mah-esh-a- The year in which king Abi-eshu’ has — thrones of the chamber that are shining. m. mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e \/Na7i7iai' e7i IGI + DUB-ti- VIII, 16. la-ni-shu(?) shu-7iii' gal-gal~la KtJ-GI-ga{d)-iUU) \ a-7nu-7ia-R U-a The year in which king Abi-eshu’, after having con- secrated great emblems of gold for Va/omr the lord, his helper, n. mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e \ ala 777-gal-gal shu-sai'-sai' VI, 38. The year in which king Abi-eshu’ has — great pray- ing statues. A-7:al shag-asTi-GU B corresponds to git-rna-lu e-mu-ki, Gilg., 12 : 38, 45. Cf. .\d. 22 and Az. 17 — b. ^ Cf. Ad. 13 fin connection with Sd.a: ni-lali-gi-eft/t-a and mali-bi, and notice tlie note to Si. 22'). 84 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS o. mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e \ alam-a-ni gish{2)-?-ge \ kish-sJiir-gdl e-ki-mah '^Nannar-kam The year in which king Abi-eshu' has — his statue of wood(?) into E-kishshirgal, the house of the sulilime place of Nannar. p. mu A-bi-e-shu~u’ lugal-e \ alam ''Marduk ‘^Zar-pa-ni- tum [-bi- ] mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e | alam [^Marduk] '^Zar-pa-ni- tum\-bi-da-ge The year in which king Abi-eshu’ has a statue of Alarduk and Zarpanitum. q. mu A-bi-e-sh[u-u’ lugal-e] \ alam. nig-si(‘l)-sd{'l) . . . gar-ra \ A-bi-e-shu-u’ nam-nun-shu The year in which king Abi-eshu’ has — a statue of justice(?) for the highness of (?) Abi-eshu’. r. [mu A-bi-]e-shu-u’ lugal-e alam-a-ni GAB + LIS ab- bi-a I [ ] . . . IGl A K-nir-ra E-bahbar-ra- shu igABabbar-shu i-ni-tu-ra The year in which king Abi-eshu’ has brought his statue which , into the stage tower of E-babbar liefore Shamash. s. mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e \ alamA En-temen-na-a \ nam- d ing ir-ra-n i-sh u ba-ab- U I, -a The year in which king Abi-eshu’ has — the statue of En-temena which for his divinity. 28. mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e \ alam-a-ni MUD-NIG- SHAG-a{mind) mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e ' alam-a-ni MUD-[XIG- SHAG-a] I alam-a-ni gish{‘!)-kal{'!)- mu A-bi-e-shu-u’ lugal-e \ alam-a-ni MUD-XI[G- SHAG-a] \ GAB te in-ne-da{l)-an[ ] The year in which king Abi-eshu’ has — his statue and his statue VIII, 17c. P. 91 :8, 9. P. 91. P. 93. P. 97. VIII, 336. R. 71 :3f.. 9f.. 74 15, 16. R. 75. 51. 2. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 85 Ammi-ditana. 1. mu Am-mi-di-ta-im lugal-e \ ad~gi~a gu-la Marduk-ge mu A[m-mi~di-ta-)m lugal~e \ o\d\-gi-\a ] mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e j ad-gi gu-la tnu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ ad-gi-a gu-la '^Bahhar- M a rd u k-b i-da-ge mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e | ad-gi-a gu-la ‘^Bahbar- '^Marduk ’ -bi-da mu Am-mi-di-ta[-na lugal-e] \ ad-gi ga-la '^[Babbar] \ '^Marduk...[ ] mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e E. B. VI, 24a : 3, 4 (Sippar).' VI, 24. VI, 29 (Babylon) .- P. 98. VI, 265. The year in which king Ammi-ditana, upon the great resolution of Shamash and Marduk , 2. mu sib 7ii-tug[ ] mu sib ni-tug she-ga Ana '^En-lil-ge mu sib ni-tug she-ga [‘^]B[abbar] mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e sib ni-tug she-ga ’’Bahbar }72u A77i-77ii-di-ta-7m lugal-e sib 7ii-tug she-ga ^ bi-da mu A77i-77ii-di-ta-7ia lugal-e , sib 7ii-tug she-ga 77111 Am-mi-te-ta-7ia lugal-e sib 7ii-tug she-ga 771U sib 7ii-tug B. E. R. 91 :3. M. 68. Bii. 88-5-12, 271. R. 81; Berl. 1260: 6. B. 88-5-12, 197. R. 82. The year in which king A77imi-dita7ia, the reverent shepherd, who is obedient’* to Sha7nash (var. to A71U771 and Ellil), 3. 771U esh-bar-mah-[ ] | na77i-a-[ ] 77iu na77i-d-gal-la Ma7'duk-ge 771U 7ia77i-d{-gal)-la Ma7'duk-ge 7nu Ar7i-7ni-di-ta-7ia lugal-e | esh-bar mah-a dingir- gal-gal B. E. VI, 6 : 13. Bu. 88-5-9, 393. Mentions kar SippaA la-uh-ra-rum and bit ‘^SliinnnKh. ■ Cf. 1. 7 ; oath by the name of Marduk, 1. 22. “ s7ie-ga = shetnu, migru = obedient; like sheuiu also migru has active force; it lias never the sense of "fai orite. darling.” Cf. nu-sire-ga = la ma-gi-ri. 86 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS mu A7n-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e | esh-bar-ta dingir-gal-gal- la sag-ga-a-ni an-la-al nam-d-gal ‘^Marduk-ge mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ nam-d-gnl-la '^Marduk- ge I in-ne-en-gar-ra-ta mu Am-7ni-di-ta-na lugal-e \ 7iam-d-gdl Marduk-ge \ uku kalam-ma-na The year in which king; A7n7ni-dita7ia, who by the sublime decision of the great gods his head with the power of Marduk (var. which Marduk had given him) (or them = the people of his land(?)), 4. 7nu-bil [egir ] mu-bd egir 7iam-d-gdl Alarduk-ge mu A7n-7ni-di-ta-7ia lugal-e 7nu-bil | egir \ nam-d-gdl- la ^Alarduk-ge 7nu Am-7ni-di-ta-7ia lugal-e \ mu-bil | egir mu narn- {d.-)gdl-la ^ Marduk-ge [mu-bil] egir 7ia7n-d-gdl-la Marduk-ge i7i-7ie-dil.{l)-slm mu Am-mi-di-ta-7ia lugal-e \ mu-bil egir mu nam-d- gdl Marduk-ge 7nu Am,-mi-di-ta-7ia lugal-e | 7nu-bil sha egir mu nam- d-gdl-la mu-bil 1 sha egir mu nam-d-gdl-la Marduk-ge mu-bil sha egir nam-d-gdl-la ‘^Marduk The new year (which is) after that in which, etc. 5. m u ala77i na\7n mu alarn 7iam-nun-na-ni E-sag-il-la-shu in-ni-tu-ri{?) 7mi Am-mi-di-ta-ua lugal-e \ alani nam-nun-na-ni 7nu Am-mi-di-ta-7ia lugal-e alam nam-nun-na-ni ^'^^'gu- za bara-mah-a an-da-ri-a E-sag-il-la-shu in-ni-tu-ra [mu A7n-7ni-di-ta-n]a lugal-e \ [alam nam-nun-n]a-ni (e) E-sag-il-lashu \ i-ni-in-tu-ra ([ ]-en-tu-ra Berk 1545) The year in which king Ammi-ditana has brought into E-sagil the statue of his highness which is borne by a throne of the sublime chamber. M. 19. IV, 15a. Berk 1184. B. E. R. 119, III: 8. R. 91. Berk 1545 : 2. R. 91 : 5, 6. P. 100. IV, 376. P. 99. B. E. R.82;4,20f.,27f.: VHI,8a. Berk 803. Berk 1502., Berk 1545 FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 87 6. tnu ^^[^'‘gu-za B- mu >''"'‘gu-za ki-BAD-gub-a E. mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e ‘^Babbar lugal s/uV/(?}- na \ ^‘"^gu-za ki-BAD-gub-ba KU-GI-ga-ge The year in which king A mmi-ditana has — a throne, a stand, of gold, for Shamash, the lord his favourer. 7. mu alam-a-ni KA + *SiTt/(?)-ivA + /Si7[/(?)-ne an- E. sd-sd-a mu Am-yni-di-ta-na lugal-e \ alam-a-ni KA + SHU~a P. 102. an-sd-sd-a | [u] alayn-a-ni yyidsh igi-du-a [ E-sag-il- shu i-yii-in-tu-ra The year in ^vhich king Ayyimi-ditayia has brought into E-babbay' his statue (which represents him as) saying prayers and his statue (which repre- sents him as) beholding a (sacrificial) lamb.^ 8. ynu alam nayyi-lugal-a-yu E-babbar-ra-shu in-ni-tu-ra yyiu Am-yni-di-ta-yia lugal-e alayn yiayyi-lug[al-a-yia] ] alayn KtJ-GI-ga-ge yyiu Am-yyii-di-ta-yia lugal-e [ alayyi nayyi-lugal-la-yid^ \ alayyi KV-GI-ga-ge [ shu-yie-iyi-dii-a mu Ayn-yyii-di-ta-yia lugal-e j akwi yiayyi-lugal-la-yia alayyi KtJ-GI-ga-ge shu-a yie-iyi-du-a E-babbay'-ra- ash in-na-ni-tu-y'a E. IV, 366. VIII, 36c. Berl. 6091. The year in which Amyyii-ditana, the king, after having caused the statue of his royalty, a statue of gold, to be formed, brought it into E-babbar. 9. mu Mash-gan-Ayyi-yni-di-ta-na'^^ E. The year in which {Amryii-ditayia, the king, after having — ) Alashkan-Ammiditayia, ‘ l.e., for the purpose of soothsaying. Perhaps we are to supply shu-a an-da-gdl-Ia (see Az. 5) after mdsh igi-du-a, and therefore should translate: holding (in his liands) a lamb for soothsaAdng, igi-du-a being in this case a substantive = tamarlu, “observation.” ^ Alam ruimlugalani because it is dependent on innitura (construeil with the accusative) ; alam uamlugalana because it is dependent on shu(a) nendua (construed with localis). Cf. Gud., Cyl. A, 4 : 25: gi-dub-ba azag-g't( = gd)-a shu-iin- ini-du (see St. Laugdou, “.Syntax of Compound Verbs in Sumerian” (Babgluniaca, II, pp. (34-101), a 11). BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS 88 10. miL-hil egir Mash-gan-Am-mi-di-ta-na’^^ mil Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ bd egir Mash-gari-Am-mi- di-ta-na The year of king Ammi-ditana, the new one after (that in which), etc. 1 1 . mu bad Kara-'^Babba A^ mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e Kara-^Babbar gii id Kib- nun-na-ge bdd-a-ni in-did-a-an mu Am-mi-di-ta-7ia lugal[ ] | Kara-^[Babbar ] 1 bdd-[a]-[7ii ijn-du-a The year in which king Ammi-dita7ia, after he had built the wall of Kar-Shamash on the bank of the river , 12. mu akm-a-ni nidsh-ge{g)-a mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e [ alau-a-ni 7ndsh-ge{g)-ga The year in which king Ammi-ditana has — - his statue (representing him as having) a vision of the night ( = dream) . 13. mu ASH-MB gal-gal-la ’'"du-ski-a-ge [mu A7)i-mi-di-t]a-na lugal-e \ [ASH-ME gal-gal-la-]a ^^'^Hlu-shi-a mu A7n-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ ASH-ME gal-gal-la du- shi-a-ge" mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ ASH-ME gal-gal-la "^du- shi-a-ge \ shu-nir-ra ni-mah-esh-a | E-babbar-ra-shu in-7ie-en-tu-ra The year in which king Ammi-ditana has brought into E-babbar huge sun disks of Dushu stone, emblems that were sparkling. E. P. 103. E. Berk 5943. VIII, lb (Sippar). E. IV, 406. E. IV, 86 (Borsippa?). Berl. 1102. P. 105. ‘ Tlie tablet shows ni\ but the line is written over an erasure. - I’erhaps ‘^"^du-shi-a-ye instead of du-shi-a-yc. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 89 14. mu alam-a-ni nam-sJud-a~ni E-sag-il-la-shu in-ni-tu-ra E. mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e I alam nam-shul-a-ni \ za-e P. 106. DU-DU-ne E-sag-d-a-shu in-na-an-dur-ra mu Am-mi-di-ta~na lugal-e I alam nam-shul-a-ni P. 107. The year in which king Ammi-ditana has brought into Esagil the statue of his heroship, ‘ Thou art their(?) shepherd.”^ 15. }nu ^‘’''"^'‘kidugal-gub-ba gal-gal kur-har-sag-gd ] [ . . . . ] -shu nam-nin mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ '‘’'^'^’^ki-lugal-gub ni-mah- a '• '^'^'^^^ki-lugal-gub kur-ash-ash-a mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e | '^'''^’^'^ki-lugal-gub gal-gal- la [ ] nd-na kur-har-sag-gd | [ ? ] id-id {'!) [ ] The year in which Ammi-ditana, the king, has — great lordly stands, (representing) a mountain land (var. a brazen royal stand that sparkled, (and ?) a royal stand (repre- senting) mountains). 16. mu Bdd- Am-mi-di-ta-na'^^ ! gu id Zi-ld-kum-rna-ta ne- in-du-a mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e [ Bdd- Am-mi-di-ta-na The year in which Ammi-ditana, the king after having built Dur-Ammiditana on the bank of the canal Zilakum,- 17. mu d-kal-mah-a '^Babbar ^ Marduk-bi-da-ge E. mu Am-ini-di-ta-na lugal-e | d-kal-rrudj-a ''Babbar P. 108. M arduk - bi-da-ge 1 Za-e DU-DU-ne is tlie beginning of the inscription on the statue. For the second person in inscriptions on statues compare the bilingual hymn inscription on the statue of i^arnmu-rabi beginning E n-Ul e-te-lu-tam id-di-ik-kuvi at-ta ma-an-ruim tu-ga-a', this statue, moreover, shows us what an alam nam-shul-a-ni (edlutishu, Ad. 14), nam-ur-sag-gd {qarduii, Ad. 34), nam-nir-gdl-la-ni {elellulishu, Az. 9), nam-lugal-a-ni {sharrutishu , Ad. 8), nam-nun-na-ni {rubdtishu , .\d. o) was, viz., a statue with an inscription which glorifies the exploits of the king. ^ Cf. Miir- '^"'^Zi-la-kUj \TII, 326 : 10. 12 E. Berl. 5932. E. VIII, 306. VIII, 86. 90 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS mu Am-mi-di-ta-na luyal-e d-kal-mah ’^Bahbar '^Mar- Berl. 1187. duk-bi-da-ge mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e d-kal-mah '^Babbar '^Mar- Berl. 5914. duk-bi-da-ge A-ra-ha-ab lu-ma-da mv Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ d-kal-mah-a '^Babbar Berl. 5963. ]\I[arduk-bi-da-ge] ] "’A-ra-ah{‘l)-a[-2 j [ ] The year in which king Ainmi-ditana, after having, with the great (battle) forces of Babbar and Mar- duk, (vanquished) Arahab, the Sumerian, 18. mu Gd-gi-a tiir dagal-la ‘^Babbar-ge E. The year in which Ammi-ditana, the king, after having — the Gagu, the wide court of Shamash, — 19. mu gish-gal KU-Gl-ga mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ gish-kal KU-Gl-ta \ me- te ki-BAD-gub mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e gish-gal KU-GI-ga mc-te ki-BAD-gub-a mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ gish-gal KU-Gl-ga me-te ki-BAD-gub-a | n alam-a-ni KAB ab-sar-sar-ri-^a^ | E-nam-ti-la-shu in-ne-{V227 : E-nam-ti-la-ta(l) i- ni-)tn-ra-a. E. K. 89. Berl. 1225. Berl. 1167, 1227. The year in which U\\\g Ammi-ditana has brought into E-ncvmtila a golden chair, as the ornament of the manzdzu, and his statue (representing him as) 20. mu Ki-KU-shag-dug-ga^'' mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e ’ Ki-KU-shag-dug-ga-ta- gu id A-ra-ah-tum-ma-ta ] ne-in-du-a mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e ’ Ki-KU-shag-dug-ga-ni \ gu id A-ra-ah-tu[m-m]a-[ta] \ ne-in-du-[a ] E. Berl. 625. Berl. 1580. ‘ 111 this line only the heads of the siiins are visible. - rrobably mistake under influence of the la in the next line, FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 91 jnu Am-mi-cli-ta-na lugal-e \ Ki-KU -shag-du[g-ga^^] \ Berl. 1470. gii id A-[ra-ah-tum-ma-ta\ \ [ ] | €-gal [ ] The year in which king Ammi-ditana, after having built Ki-KU -shag-dugga (var. his pleasure dwel- ling place) on the bank of the canal Arahtuni, (and after having — a palace , 21. mu en XI-IB ki-dg ^Bahbar-ge \ har-ra ma-da-ni ba-da- E. an -dll -a mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e [ en ib-ul-la ki-dg B[abbar- R. 90. ge] har-ra ma-da-an-n[i ] \ ab-ag-ag-da The year in which Ammi-ditana, the lord, the beloved ' of Shamash, by whom the oppression of his land has been broken, 22. mu en shag-ash-DU id Am-mi-di-ta-na mu [ ] I id Am-mi-di-ta-na mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ id Am-mi-di-ta-na mu-7ii ne-in(A)-shi-a-an{A mash ?) mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e id Am-mi-di-ta-na mu-un- ba-a[l ] mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ [ id Am-mi-di-ta-na The year in which Ammi-ditana, the king, the strong- lord, after having dug the Ammi-ditana canal (var. a canal the name of which he called('l). Canal of Ammi-ditana) , E. B. Berl. 839. Berl. 5971. Berl. 776. 23. mu alam-alam-a-ni \ ii ^lamma '’lamma-a{l) mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e ' alam-alam-a-ni mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ '‘’’^‘‘'‘alam-alam-a-ni (mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e alam-alam-a-ni ii ‘‘lamma (sic!j tl-babbar-ra-shu in-na-RU {‘l)-a) The year in which Ammi-ditana, the king, has — his brazen statues and the guardian gods E.; B. Berl. 795, 725 : 2. Berl. 6002. x4.ccording to Johns (P. S. B. A.. 1907. p. 110). * To Nl-fh compare perhaps Ml-tu, var. MI-NI-tli and tukid Ml-tli, the designation of a weapon, Gud., Cyl. B, 7 : 14, 24, 1.3 ; 23 and date of Gudea. JJamniu-rahi calls hiimself the Nl-tli of Dagan, C. II., 4 : 27. 92 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS 24. mu x* tukul-la ib-dirig-gi-esh-a mu i6(?)-rii[n^(?) ] 7nu Am-mi-di~ta-na lugal-e [ x‘ (5804 var. -a) (|) ib-dirig-gi[-esh-a] ■mu Avi-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e 1 x^ "‘"’Hukul gushkin ’''Ulu-shi-a-bi-[da-ge] \ '^Marduk lugal-a-na \ E-sag- il-la-sh u i-ni-in-tu-ra The year in which Arnmi-ditana, the king, has brought into E-sagd a liattle-mace (and) a weapon which were gigantic'^ (var. of gold and dushu stone) for Marduk, his king. 25. mu us-sa x‘ "^^’dukul-la ib-dirig-gi-esh-a 771U ^us-sai^ x' i^b'I ] mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal[-e] 7nu us-sa x‘ ^^'^^tukul 77iu A7n-7ni-di-ta-7ia lugal-e us-sa x^ ^^^’‘tukid-la ib-dirig gi-esh-a The year after that in which, etc. E. B.; Berk 725: 4. Berk 983. - Berk 937. E. B. Berk 5964, 5804. Berk 693 : lOff. 26. mu alam-a-ni igi-gm erirn KA-kesh-kesh-da mu Am-77ii-di-ta-7ia lugal-e \ ^'''^'^^'alafn-a-ui igi-gin erim KA-kesh-[ {kesh-) da mu Am-mi-di-ta-77a lugal-e j "'"'’^la-na-nv' igi-gin erim KA-l mu Am-mi-di-ta-7ia lugal-e alan-7ia-ni mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e | alan-na-ni-na (sic!) igi- gin er[im] \ KA-kesh-da-ge 7nu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e ^“'“'^“alan-na-ni igi-gin erim K A -kesh \ -? mu A7n-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ alan-na-7ii igi-gin \ erim KA {l)-kesh-da mu Am-mi-di-ta-7ia lugal-e \ alan-na-ni igi-gin KA- kesh-da-ge Vm, 36a, d. VI, 39a. Berk 725. Berk 6008. Berk 5901. Berk 845. Berk 5912. ' /?. E. C., 81S; the forms of the sign on the above cited tablets vary much. E. : SAL ^ AT; Berl. 693, 725, 9S3 SAL + GUR-, Berl. 5804; TIL + GISH\ Berl. 5964: TIL + perpendicular wedge + GISH\ Berl. 937; TIL -y rf’C?) - fb-dirig-gi-exh-a, ih-dirig-gn, Ad. 24, ib-dirig-gn-mc. At. etc.. Az. 17( + at, corresponds to the verbal adjective Aiiiturii ® Berhaps we have to read in all following instances Inna for alani = Idnu. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 93 The year in which Arnmi-ditayia, the king, has — his stele (which represents him as) leader of a regiment of soldiers. 27. mu '^Urash ur-sag-gal-Io mu '^Urash ur~sag-gaI-[ ] mu ‘^Urash ur-sag-gal-la-ash mu Am-mi~di-ta-na lugal-e ^Urash ur-sag-gal-la mu Am-mi-di~ta-na lugal-e \ '^Urash ur-sag-gal-la-a mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e | ‘^Urash ur-sag-gal-la j [ ]-G/ rush{A~a NIMCDSURiA mu Ayn-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ ‘^Urash ur-sag-gal-[ll\a -mall u dih-hu-na-[ ] | gu-la The year in which Ammi-ddana, the king, has — for Urash, the great hero 28. 7nu alam-a-ni mash-da-ri-a mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e alam-a-ni mdsh-da-id-a The year in which Ammi-ditana, the king, has — his stele (which represents him as) bringing tribute)?). 29. 771U ^la77ima ‘^Ia7n7na 77iash-su-ga-ge 771U '^Ia77i77ia '^la77U7ia-a mash-su-ga{'l)-ge mu A77i-77n-di-ta-7m lugal-e '^Ia77i77ia ‘’Ia77i77ia 77ias}i- sii-ga-ge 7mi Am-77ii-di-ta-na lugal-e ' Ala77U7m ^lam7na-a 77iash- sii-ga 7nu A7n-77ii-di-ta-7ia lugal-e ^Ia77i77m ^Ia77i77m-a-7ii \ 7)iash-su-ga-ge 77111 A77i-mi-di-ta-7ia lugal-e f ^Ia77i7na '‘Ia77i77m-a-7ii mash-su-ga-ge(Tl) ^Ni7ini 7ii7i-gal RUSH-a’'‘ mu A77i-mi-di-ta-7ia lugal-e ' ‘^la77ima '‘la77\77ia-a 77}ash- s u -ga -ge n a 7n -t i-la-n i-sh u sh u -a a 7i-sa )'-sa r-nc-n 777U Am-77ii-di-ta-7ia lugal-e Ha77i}7ia '^Ia77i77ia 77iash-su- ga-ge 7ia77i-ti-la-ni-shu shu-a a7i-SAR-SAR-a-a7i gushkin hush-a nd-kal-la hi-da-ge \ shu-a-an ne-in- da-ra-du-a \ ne-i7i-di77i-di77i-ma-a '< ‘^Ninui uin-gal E. B. VIII, 2b : 17. P. 109;IV,315;Berl.791. Fr. 33. Berk 5835. VIII, 365. E.;B.; VIII, 26 : 18. Berk 773, 909, 951, 969. E. B. R. 105 : 15, 16. Berk 906. VI, 37c. p. no. Berk 670. 94 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS RUSH'^^-a \ sag (7iamy-lugal-la-na-ge an-shi-in-ib- il-la-ash in-ne-en-tu-ra. sha-at-tu sha Am-mi-di-ta-na shar-rum \ Ha-ma-za- at mesh-ri-e \ sha a-na ha-la-di-shu i-kar-ra-bu | i-7ia h'urdzim ru-shi-ini ti abnim, a-qar-tim \ ib-ni-i- ma I a-na ^ Ninni nm-gal RUSH’^^-a \ 7nu-vl-li-a-at shar-rii-ti-shu u-she-lu-u . The year in which Atmni-ditana, the king, after having caused (var. his) colossah guardian god- desses who pray for his life, to be made to perfec- tion with red shining gold and precious stones, has lirought them in to Nmni iiin-gnl RUSH-a ( = the great mistress of RUSH), who raises unto heaven his kingdom. 30. -mu alam-a-ni nam,-nnn-na-7ii-dim mu A77i-7ni-di-ta-7ia lugal-e | alan-7ia-7ii 7iam-7ivn-na- 7ii-dim mu A777-mi-di-ta-7ia lugal-e alam-nmii 7iam-7iun-7ia~n i-a mu Am-7ni-di-ta-7ia lugal-e alam-a-ni 7iam-nu7i-7}a-7}i- dim E-IAI -te-en-skar-shu iii-ne-eai-tu-ra . E. ; B. Berk 731, 836. Berk 792. Berk 5887. The year in which A77i77ii-dita7ia, the king, has brought into E-lM-te-en-sluir his stele, (which is) like (that of) his majesty.^ 31. mu ‘’Nm-IB am-sag d-dah-a-ni-shu 771,71 Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e am-sag 1 d-dah- a-7ii-shu mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e '^Niii-IB am-sag d-dah-ni- shu nni Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ in-IB am-sag d-dah-a- E.;B.: Vni, 26 : 24. R. 83. Berk 838. R. 84 (cf. Bu. 88-5-9. ' Omitted by the scribe. ^ For mash-su-ga compare the adjective mash-su = massu and manhuhu, Br. 1928. 1929; it occurs in the same comiectioii Sank. Contst., SO, Asarh., 52, in Hamazat ^^'cre ma(sh)-sha-a-ti(e) (Del., H. IF., under = sliiiiing). For the substantive mash-su-ga (= meshnl) in connection with statues, cf. shid lamassdti 'u sa-lam i)iesh-re(-c)-ti. Sanh. Kuy. 4 : 14, Lay. 40 : 52 (Del., H. TI'., 6SS5). * The statue which this new statvie resembled is mentioned in the 5th year of Ammi-ditaiia. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 95 ni-shu ' ^'^’’gu-za mah-a [ E-nam- til-la-sh u i-ni-in-tu~ra The year in which Ammi-ditana, the king, has brought into E-namtilla to XinIB, the great bull, his helper, a shining throne 32. mu bad ls1\-ku-un-'^ Marduk-ge^ mu had Is-ku-un-'^ Marduk^^ mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal~e had /s(5821, var. Ish)- ku-un-'^ Marduk-ge mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ bad Ish{M. 25, var. Is)- ku-un-'^ Marduk-ge I gii id{-da{A, M. 25) Zi-/a(VIII, 7a, var. -ld)-kum-ma (M. 25 om.) mu Am-mi~di-ta-na lugal-e \ had Ish-ku-un-'^ Marduk- ge '■ gu id Z{i-ld)-kum-ma-ta. The year in which Ammi-ditana, the king, after having — the wall of Ishkim-Marduk on the bank of the canal Zilakum, 33. mu egir had 1 sh-ku-un-'^ Mard uk mu-bil egir ^dd lsh-ku{-un-'^ Marduk)^ mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ mu-hil \ egir bdd Ish-kii- n n-'^ M a rd u k^ ^-ge mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ mu-hil egir bdd Is/i-ku-un- ^Marduk mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e j hil egir hdd Ish-ku-un- [XMarduk . . . ] The new year after that in which, etc. 34. mu alam nam-ur-sag-gd Sa-ani-su-i-lu-na{'l) mu [alam nam-u\r-sag-gd Sa-am-su-i-lu-naiA) mu alam nam-ur[-sag-gd Sa-am-su-i-lu-na] \ pah-hil- g[a- ] mu alam Sa-am-su-i-lu-na .... mu alam Sa-am-su-i-lu-na pab-bi{l)-ga-ni rnu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e alam nam-ur-sag-ga pah- hi(l)-? 359, 895; Berk 5876). E.;C. B. Berk 852, 860, 5821. VIII, 7a, 40(/, M. 25. R. 85. E. B. ; C. P. 111. P. 112. M. 76 (cf. Berk 5821). E. B. ('. VIII, 2b : 3. Vni, 2b : 25. Berk 5906. 96 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS mu Am-mi-di~ta-na luyal-e \ alam ■nam-u[r-s]a(j-(ja{‘!) \ M 69. Sa-mn-su-i-lu-na \ pab-bi {l)-ya ( ? ) -na ( ?) mu Am-mi-di-ta-na luyal-e \ alarn Sa-am-su-i-lu-na VIII, 2b. pab-b i{l) -ni ( ? ) | E-nam-t i-la-sh u mu Am-mi-di-ta-na Ivyal-e \ alam nam-ur-say-yd Sd- P. 113. a[m-su-i-lu-)ia] j pab-bi{l)-ya-n.a E-nam-t[i-la-ash] \ ii alam nam-en-na[-7ii ] | E-me-te-ur-say-yd-ash ] i tnu Am-mi-di-ta-na luyal-e | alain 7iam-ur-say-yd Sa- VIII, 2a. am-su-i-lu-na ] pab-bi (I) -en-na E-na m-ti[-la]-shu \ ii alam 7iam-e7i-7ia-ni[ ] \ E-7ne-te-iir-say-yd-sliu[ ] j i7i-ne-e7i-tu-7'[a] mu Arn-mi-di-ta-na luyal-e \ alam nam-ur-say-ya Sa- Berl. 936. am-su-i-lu-na \ pab-bil-ya-ni [ ii alam-a-ni alam KU-Gl-ya-ye \ E-7ne-te-ur-say-yd-ash{-sliu) in-ne-in- d7ir-r[a]{'l) The year in which Ammi-ditmia, the king, lias brought into E-namtila the stele of the heroship of Sanmi-iluna, his grandfather, ‘ and into E-mete- ursay the stele of his lordship (var. his stele, a statue of gold). 35. mu Bdd-A77i-7ni-di-ta-7icd^ yu id Me-e-’E7i-lil 771U Bdd-A m-mii-di-ta-na''^-^ mu Am-mi-di-ta-na luyal[-e] \ Bdd-A 77i-mi-di-ta-na [ ] I yii id. ]\Ie-‘ En-lil-ld-ta ne-in-du-a mu Am-mi-di-ta-na luyal-e \ Bdd-Am-mi-di-ta-na \ yu id Me-e-'^ En-lil-ld-ta 7ie-in-du~-a The year in which Ammi-ditami the king, after having caused Dw'-Amnii-ditana to be built on the liank of the canal Me-Enlili^ ' Cr. pa-lilL-ga 5-knm-nia-nui = a-hi a-hi-ia ha-am-shum, Si. 64; liis graiulfather, pa-gish-BlL-ga-ni. is Ur-\ina, Euii., stone A, S : 4 (see S.\KI, p. 22, note f). Tor tlie 6rst part of the Sumerian compound cf. ["'po-u]6 ' pap a-bu. Sb, 1, Col. II, LS; for the second gish-JilL = a-hu, II, 17.. 32 : 6l)d {gish = edlum, zikariiin = “male”) and (jl V (= TU) in ama-GlN \ ci-bti uitt-iau (gns/i-G'/A^ interchanges with gisIt-BIL-ga in the name '^Gish-BI L-ga-ine.'i = Gi.Ui-GlX-mash). - Wrong writing for dtl. Cf. dii for dii, C. T.. XV, 1'.) : 17. ’ Cf. also Berl. 1 120 : aiu .\)n-mi-dt-ta-na higal-e | had gaj-gal-la-ge gii id ’^En-lU. The year in which Ammi-ditana. the king, after having — tlic great castles on the bank of tlie canal of EUil, E. B.;C'. Vni, 8c. M. 21 (cf. Bu. 88-5-12, 435 and 864, and Bu. [91-5-9, 1203). FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 97 36. [mu-bil e]gir Bad Am-mi-di~ta-iia^^ mu-bil egir B^ad Am-mi{--dida-naY\ mu Am-mi-di-ta-na [lugal-e] | mu-bil egir ] Bdd-Am- mi-di-ta-mY^] | gii id Me-'^En-lil[ ] The neM’ 3’ear after that in which, etc. 37. [tnu bad ] . . A^-e Darn-ki-i-li-shu-ge mu bad-da B AD^^-ge{‘l) mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ bad-da BAD-ma^^-geiA) \ Dam-ki-i-li-shu-ge \ in-du-a \ ne-[gf]R[Z(?) ] mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ bad-da BAD'^^ \ '^Dam- ki-i-U-shu-ge \ ne-in-gul-la mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e j bad BAD^^ Dam-ki-i-li- sliu-ge I ne-in-du-a ne-in-gid-la {mu Am-mi]-di-ta-na lugal-e | [bad- Ida BAD^^-l- ge \{ ] I [ ]-a ne-in-gul-la mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ bad {-da, 2716) BAD'^^-ma (var. 2716 -e(?)) Dam-ki-i-li-shu-ge {ne-m-du-a in-gul-la, 6131) The year in which Ammi-ditana, the king, after having destroyed the wall of BAD'‘\^ which Damki- ilishu had built, Uncertain Year. mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e | diig-ga gu-la \ ‘^Babbar lugal-a-ni-ta mu Am-mi-di-ta-na lugal-e \ dug-ga gu-la “^Babbalr lugal\-a-ni[-ta] | [ -la Ammi-zaduga. 1. mu A^m-mi^-za-du-ga [lugal-e-^ | ^En-lil-l[i nam-en-na- n'i\ mu ^En-lil nam-en-na-ni ?-? E. B.;C. R. 87. E. B. P. 116. P. 115. R. 86. P. 114. Berl. 2716, 5833, 6131. P. 104. VIII, 30a. E. ;C. F. ^ On Berl. .5833 the sign is made the same as the preceding hdd, but in all other instances it is made differently, on P. 116 the second sign of R. 86 being used first, and the first second. In other instances the second sign seems to be in the last, not the middle, part of which is placed a horizontal wedge, the sign thus resembling um-ma. The transcription BAD^ therefore is doubtful. 13 98 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS mu Am-mi-za-du-(ja luyal-e | narn-en-na-an-ni \ 7ie-ib-(ju-la mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ ‘^Eii-ld nam-enuia-ni ne- ih-ga-la mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ '^En-lil-li 7iam-en-na-ni ne-ib-gii-id-la-a 7nu A77i-77ii-za-[du-ga lugal-e] \ '^E7i-lil-ld 7ia77i-[ ]| 7ie-ib-gu-ul-[la\ mil A7n^-77ii-za-du-ga lugal-e The year in which A fumi-zaduga, the king, (has for) Ellil who makes great his lordship. 2. mil sib BJJR-7ia A7ia Eii-lil-bi-da-gej 771U sib BtJR-na mu A77i-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e sib BlJR-na Ana '^En-lil 77111 Am-77ii-za-du-ga lugcd-e sib BlJR-na Ana '^En-lil- bi-da{-a, Berk 7 29) -ash 7nu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e | sib BUR-na Ana ^En-lil- bi-da-ge [ ] in-7ie-da{‘l)-ydl-la The year in which Ammi-zaduga, the king, the humble shepherd of (var. for?) Anum and Ellil, 3. mu egir Syib B UR-na^ [77iu-bil] egii' sib BURuia 77111 A77i-77ii-za-du-ga lugal-e | 77iu-bil sha egu' \ sibBlJR- 7ia Ana E7i-lil\-bi-da-a-asli 771U A 771- 771 i-za-du-ga lugal-e \ 77iu-bil egR 77iu sib BlJR- na Ana ‘^E7i-lil-bi{5799, var. -bi)-da-a-ash 771U A77i-77ii-za-du-ga lugal-e \ 77iu-bil egw sib BUR-7ia \ Ana En-lil-bi-da-ash 771U A 771 - 771 i-za-du-ga lugal-e \ 77iu-bil egR sib BUR-7ia The year after that in which, etc. 4. 7nu shu-nir gal-gal-la E-sag-il mu s/m(?)-nfr(?)-? [ ] [77111 shu-]7iR gal-gal-la ‘ By mistake of the scribe omitted R. 92. R. 103 (Sippar). Berk 5967. Berk 6115. P. 117. R. 92; Berk 5884, 5935. E. ;C. F. VI, 35c. P. 118, 119; Berk 729. Berk 5973. E.;(\ B. IV, 14a; Vni, 35; M. 3. Berk 5899, 5799. R. 94. Fr. 39. E. C. F. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 99 mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal~e shu-nir gal-gal-la [mu Am]-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ [shu]-nir-nir gal-gal-la mu Am[-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e\ | shu-nir gal-ga\l-la] \ E-sag-il-la-shu [ in-ne-in-tu-ra mu Am-mi[-za-du-ga lugal-e] \ '^Marduk e[n{‘l) ]] ‘^shu-nir galU -gal-la] | gushkm ku-babbar 7id-[kal-la ] j tl-sag-il-la-a \ en-7ie-in-tu-ra The year in which Ammi-zaduga, the king, has brought unto Marduk, the lord who into Esagil huge emblems of gold, silver and precious stones. 5. gnu alagn-a-7ii mash igi-dii-a; mu alam[ ] mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ alam-a-7ii 7ndsh igi-du-a 771U Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e [ alam-a-7ii 7ndsh igi-du-a shu-a a7i-da-gal-la mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ "‘En-lil en-gal-la 7nu. . . . -i7i-sd-a I alam-a-ni 7ndsh igi-du-a shu-a an-da-gdl-la | it alam-a-ni KA + SHU-NE ab-bi-a \ E-na7n-ti-la-shu i-7ii-i7i-tu-ra The year in which Am7ni-dita7ia, the king, has brought into E-7ia7ntila to Enlil the great lord who has called him with a name, his stele (which represents him as) holding (in his hands) a lamb for soothsaying, and his stele (representing him as) saying prayers. 6. mu ASH-ME 7u-77iah-a hnu ASW-M^E ni-rnah-a^ rnu A77i-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e ASH-ME 7ii-mah-a mu A7n-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ ASH-ME 7ii-7nah-a shu- 7iir-ra mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e | ASH-ME 7ii-tnah-a \ E-babbar-ra-shu i7i-ne-e[n-tu- .... ] mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ ASH-ME 7ik-mah-a | Berk 2717, 6001. P. 121. P. 122. P. 120. E.;B. C. IV, 296; VIII, 19a, 19c; Berk 5875, 5877. VIII, 10c, 116, 216; Berk 1054. P. 123. E. B.;C. Berk 853. B. 104. Berk 5834. Berk 5829. * A clear NI. 100 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS shu-nir-ra u{‘?)-dim \ E]-babbar-ra-shu m-ne-en- tu-ra (not rum\) mu Ani-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e ASH -ME ig-gal g^i-I[a] Berl. 6151. E{‘l)-babbar-ra-shu in- . . . .[ ] The year in which Ammi-zadiiga, the king, has brought into E-babbar a solar disk that sparkles (var. for the great door), an emblem which (shines) like the sun. 7. gnu Hamuia^^ ash-ash-ci) mu ] E. ; F. C. niu Ani-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ ^amma ash-ash-a \ P. 127. S h (i-nir da m-niah-a ■mu Am-'mi-za-d'ii-ga lugal-e \ ^lamma ash-ash-a \ P. 126. ^Shk-'nir-da damunah-a \ E-babbar-ra-shu in-en-tu- raCl) The year in which Amuii-zaduga, the king, has brought into E-babbar for Aia the sublime spouse, guardian god(desse)s. 8. gnu <’'^^'KU-GAR\ KtJ-GI-ga mu Am-rni-za-du-ga lugal-e | ^'^’KU-GAR KtJ-GI-ga- a (om., Berl. 770) mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e ^‘^‘KU-GAR Ktl-GI- ga ki-BAD-gub-a-ash \ ni-tkm-ma^ ■mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e ] ^'^’'KU-GAR KtJ-GI- ga-a ki-BAD-gub-a-ash ni-tum-yna' 1 it alatn-a-ni KAB-abG)-SHU{D-SHU{l)-e -a I E-nam-ti-la-shk in-na-an-tu-ra mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ -GAR KU-GI-ga-a ki-BAD-gub-a ii alam-a-ni KAB-ab(l)-[. . . .-c-a] E-nam-ti-la-shu in-yie-en-[ ] mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-c \ <>^’^'‘KU-GAR KU-GI- ga[-a] \ u alayn-a-ni KAB-ab{l)-SHU[ -a] E.;F. R. 102; IV, 630, 770. Berl. 5825. Berl. 808. Berl. 5959. P. 128. 18c; Berl. ' This reading ensues from Ad. 10; also there a golden throne for the ki-BAD-cjith and a similar statue is dedicated. ^ The reading ba (Ungnad) seems to l)e excludetl bj’ the form of the signs; ni-iiim-ma corresponds to sln'iluku in the sens(' of “to C()rres])ond with, to bo fit, to adorn FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 101 The year in which Ammi-zaduga, the king, has brought into E-namtila a golden throne fitting the manzazu, and his stele (representing him as) mu alam-a-ni nam-nir~gal-la-a-ni [mu al]am-a-ni nam-nir-gal mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e [ alam nam-nir-gal-la-an- ni I zuh{u)~bi K^J-Gl-ga-a-gYe] mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e | alam 7iam-nir-gal-la-an- ni 1 zubu KlJ-GI-ga-a-ge \ E-babbar-ra-shu en-n[e- in-tu-ra] mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e | alam nam-7iir-gdl~la-ni \ zubu KbJ-Gl-ga-ge shu-a an-da[-gdl-la] \ E-babbar- ra-shu i7i-ne-e7i-tu-ra{-an erasure?) 7nu Am-ini-za-du-ga lugal-e | ‘^Babbar e7i-7ia-a7i-ta-gdl | alam 7iam-7iir-gdl-la-7ii zubu KU-GI-ga-ge The year in which A77mii-zaduga, the king, has brought into Ebabbar to Shamash the exalted lord, the stele of his lordship, (representing him as) holding a g'awh/ -weapon of gold in his hand. mu sib she-ga '^Babbar ^ Marduk-{bi-)da-ge [mu sibyzi she-ga \ [har-ra] ma-da-7ia [771U sib-zi] she-ga '^B[ahbar Marduk-bi-da-ge] \ [^ar-ra] kalam-ma-7ia j [shu-ne-]i7i-du-a mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e | sib-zi she-ga 771U Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e sib-zi she-ga ‘^Babbar ‘^Mar- duk-bi-da-ge (om. VIII, 21c) mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ sib-zi she-ga ‘‘Babbar Marduk-bi-da-ge j [ha]r-7'a kalam-ma-an shu-7ie-in- du-a mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e sib-zi she-ga '‘Babbar Marduk-bi~da (-ge) mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ har-ra kala77i-ma-7m \ {shu-)ne-i7i-du-a E. F. P. 129. IV, 17a. Berk 5955. Berk 796 (= M. 75). E. F. B. R. 106. VIII, 106 ( = VIII, 14a); M. 4; VIII, 21c. Berk 6146. Bu. 88-5-12, 158, 215, 283; Bu. 91-5-9, 753 ; Berk 633, 1496, 58383. Fr. 34. 102 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS The year in which Ammi-zaduga the king, the right shepherd who is obedient to Shamash and Marduk, after he had broken the oppression of his land, — 11. mu Bdd-Am-mi-za-du-ga^^ ka id BuranunuJ"^ [mu Bdd]-Am-mi-za-du-ga-a 7nu A^n-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e Bdd-Am-mi-za-du-ga’^^ 7nu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ Bdd-Am-mi-za-du-ga | ka id Buranunu^^ 7nu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e | Bdd-A7n-77ii-za-du-ga^^ (om. 5885) ka id Bumnuiiu'^^-ta mu Am-7ni-za-du-ga lugal-e Bdd-A7n-7ni-za-du-ga^^ ka id Buranu7iiA^-ta [ ] ne-m-du-a mu Am-77ii-za-du-ga lugal-e | Bdd-A7n-77ii-za-du-ga'^^ \ ka id Buranu7i'^^-7i[a]-ta \ 7%e-i7i-dim-7na-a {R. T., XX, i7i-ne ?-en ‘l-di7n-ma-a) mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ igi-gdl gu-la '^Marduk lugal-hi i7i-7ia-an-gar-ra \ Bdd-A7n-mi-za-du-ga-a{‘l) ka Buranunu \ 7nu-un-du-a mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e Bdd-Am-7ni-za-du-ga’'^ ka id Buixmunu^^-ta | [ ] a7i-dim-dim-a The year in which A7mni-zaduga, the king, after in the great wisdom which Marduk, his king, has given him, he had liiiilt Dur-A7nmi-zaduga at the mouth of the river Euphrates, 12 . gnu ala7n-a-7ii] rtidsh gab-tah-ba mu A7n-7ni-za-d:u-ga lugal-e alam-a-7ii mdsh gab-tab-ba mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ alam-a-7ii mdsh gab-tab- ba I shu-a a7i-da-a mu Am-mi-za-[du-ga lugal-e] \ alam-a-ni mdsh [gab- tab-ba] I ii alam-a-ni ba-di[ ] \ ab-bi-e-a 7nu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e alam-a-7n mdsh gab- tab-{l) shu-a an-da-a The year in which Ammi-zaduga, the king, has — • his statue (representing him as) carrying* (with his E. F. Berk 5838, 59866. VIII, 196. Berk 1098, 5885. Berk 5596. VIII, 3a; cf. R. T., XX p. 58. VI, 6. Berk 5986. E.;F. IV, 30a; Berk 5880,6132 R. 99. Berk 5989. Phil. 1343, 1414. * Br. GG51 : da = nashil sha ameli. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 103 hands) a lamb with coloured breast (?), and also his statue (which represents him as) saying 13. mu ^’'‘^“ki-lugal-gub-ba ni-mah-a m u i /i] i-mah-a mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ ^’''^^^ki-lugal-gub-ba \ ni-mah-a mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e | ^''^‘^^ki-lugal-gub ni- mah-a har-sag id-ash-ash-a 7ii-me-esh-a-b[i] mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ ^’'^'^^ki-lugal-gub ni-mali- a j har-sag-ash-ash-a id-da ni-me-esh-a-bi \ e-mah E-nam-he-a-ta \ me-te-a-ash ini-ni-in-gar-ra The year in which Ammi-zaduga, the king, after having placed in the sublime house of E-namhe, as an adornment a splendid^ lordly manzazu (repre- senting) a mountain and rivers (var. mountains and a river) which are many, 14. mu '^^'^'^du-jnali gal-gal-la niu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e | ^''’^‘^'^du-mah gal-gal-la mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ ^'''^'^'‘du-mali gal-gal- la I har-sag id-da -a-bi | E-nam-ti-la-shu in-ne-en-tu-ra The year in which Ammi-zaduga, the king, has brought into E-namtila great brazen .... (with a representation of) a mountain and rivers, which 15. mu alam-a-ni shu-silim-ma ab-DI-D[I-a] mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e ] alam-a-ni shu-silim-ma (var. -a, R. 100) ?7iu Ani-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ alam-a-ni shu-silim-ma ab-DI-DI-ne] — ab-Dl-Dl-a] — ab-DI-DI-ne-a; — ab-DI-DI-e-a ' la Sumerian “which is splendid.” Translate before perhaps “in E-mah, Az. 17 d- a. E. F. VIII, 21a; Berk 654. M. 74. R. 95 (Sippar) ; cf. Berk 5741. E. VIII, 11a, 145; Berk 5686; Phil. 1136. M. 42. E. IV, 235; Berk 5597, 5952; R. 100. II, 18;Vni, 14c; Berk 5894, 5972. the house of abundance.” Cf. also 104 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS 7nu Am-mi-za-du-ya higal-e | alam-a-ni shu-silim-ma- | ab-DI-DI-e{2)-ne-a \ ‘^Za-md-md ^Ninni e-ne-bi-da mu Am-mi-za-du-ya luyal-e | alam-a-ni shu-silim-7na- ab-DI-DI-ne-a-asJd \ Za-7nd-md N inni-bi-da-ash \ E-77ie-te-ur-say-shu in-ne-en-tu-ra The year in which A7n7ni-zaduya, the king, has Iji’oiight into E-mete-ursay to Zamama and Niurii his stele (which represents him as) 16. mu id Am-mi-za-du-ya^ mu Am-mi-za-du-ya luyal-e \ id A7n-)7ii-za-du-ya {nii- hu-ush ni-shi, 5910) mu Am-7ni-za-d.u-ya luyal-e \ id-da A m-mi-za-du-ya \ nu-hu ush-ni-shi 7nu Am-7ni-za-du-ya luyal-e | duy-ya tnah '^Babbar luyal-a-ni-ta \ id A7n-7ni-za-du-ya \ 7iu-hu-ush 7ii-shi mu Am-7ni-za-du-ya luyal-e \ duy-ya mah '^Babbar luyal-a-7ii-shu id A7ri-7ni-za-du-ya \ 7iu-hu-ush 7nu Am-7ni-za-du-ya luyal-e \ duy-ya mah-a '^Bahbar luyal-a-7ii-ta \ id A7n-mi-za-du-ya 7vu-hu-ush ni-shi mi-ni-in-ba-al-la-a The year in which Ammi-zaduya, the king, after having, at the sublime command of Shamash, his lord, dug the canal: Ammi-zaduya is the aliundance of the people, — 17( + a) mu Am-77ii-za-du-ya luyal-e | ‘^’’^'^’^ki-luyal-yub ib-diriy-ya \ 7ne-te ne-say-yd-shu \ e-mah E-IM-te- e7i-shai'-shu \ ki-a ne-ib-us-sa 7nu Am-mi-za-du-ya Ivyal-e \ ^''''^^'d'i-[lu]yal-yub-ba ib-diriy-ya \ e-mah E-IM-te-c7i[ ] 1 ki-a 7ie-ib-us-a 7nu Atn-mi-za-du-ya luyal-e | ^''’'‘^^ki-luyal-yub ib-diriy (5898, ? var. -si)-ya \ 77ie-te 7ie-say-yd-shu(l ) ; — 7ie- say-ya-ta; — {7ie'!-) say-di{kil) VIII, 10a. R. 101; cf. Berk 5982. E. Berk 5896, 5905, 5925, 5910. II, 8; IV, 31a. M. 107. IV, 26c. Berk 5897. R. 96. II, 32. R. 97, Berk 5898; 5949, 5978; 5931, * Probably a mistake. ^ Mistake. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 105 mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-c | ''’'‘‘^^ki-lugal-gnb ib-diri- ga: — ibsi-ga-, — ib-si-i; — ib-diri-ga-meshf — ib-dirig-ta ; — ib-diri-mc-csh^ mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ ^‘’'^^'^ki-lugal-gub-ba ib- diri(6VS3, var. -si)-ga mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ ki-lugal-gub-ba-a \ ib-diri- ga The year in which Ammi-zaduga, the king, after having set up a very great- lirazen lordly manzazu as an ornament for the ne-sag^ in^ the sublime house of E-IM-tensliar (cf. Az. 13), 17(-f-b) mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ alam-a-ni DIN-BI KAK-USLAN^-a \ ^ Pab-nun-na riim-ash-DU-a \ E- ba bba r-ra -sh u in-na-a n-t u-ra mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ alam-a-ni DIN-BI KAK- US LA N-a E-ba bba r-ra-shu in-ne-en-tu-ra mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e | alam-a-ni DIN-BI KAK (om., 5816)-C/*SLAA^-a (oni., 5900; Sipp. 60) mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ alam-a-ni DIN - -a mu alam-a-ni DIN-BI- -a The year in which Arnnii-zaduga, the king, has Vjrought into E-babbar to Pab-nunna his statue 17( + c) mu Am-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e 1 ^Babbar-dim kalam- ma-ni-shu zi-bi-esh mi-ta-e-a \ sagilY-shar-ra-bail) si-ne-ib-sd-sd-a R. 98, Fr. 38, Berk 5928(?); 5879, 5889, 5895; 6010; 5450, 5842, 5847, 5869, 5870; 5907; 5928 (?). Berk 5817(?), 6133(?). M. 9. R. 105. Berk 5900. Berk 5810, 5816, 5836, 5841, 5904; Sipp. 60. V, 30f/. Berk 5812. VIII, 11c; Berk 1241. * The plural is probably due to the wrong connection of ib-diri-ga with the following me-te. ^ Cf. Ad. 24. ^ The ne-sag is one of the temple buildings or rooin.s. Cf. Gud., Cyl. A, 28 ; 10. ‘ The postposition -shu seems to be caused by the verb intura at the end of the formula. ® The identification of these .signs is difficult. ' On Berl. 1241, according to Ungnad; VIH, 11c, .... -a(?) = uku'l 14 106 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS The year in which Animi-zaduga, the king, who, like Shatnash, has brought to his land , and directs 17(1 d ) mu A m-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e I IGl + E-nir sag .... '’Bahbar-ge E-hahhar-ra E-ul-mash-a-bi[ ] The year in which Animi-zaduga, the king, after having — the stage tower, the of Shamash in E-babbar and E-id-mash, 17( + e) mu Am.-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e j ‘^En-lil pab{'l)- mah-a mu Am.-mi-za-du-ga lugal-e \ ‘^En-lil pab(l)-mah-a The year in which A7nmi-zaduga, the king, (has ) Enlil the sublime father(?). Samsu-ditana . a [sha-at-tuni\ esh-she-ium sha i-ru-ba ^^'Ei]ra-zag-gar ud - 1 -kam [mu Ba\-am-su-di-ia-na lugal-e [A SII -M]E-as}i-ash-a ''"du-shi-a-ge si lit- n ir-ra u-g im ni-lah-g i-esh-a "'‘za-giu-na gushkiu rush-a ku-me-a-bi-da-la'^ sliu-a mah-bi eb-ta-an-du-ush-a ne-iu-dim-ma-a-an ‘‘Babbar en an-ta-gid-la-asld nam -lugal-a-n i ne- i b-gu-l a-asld E-bahbar-ra-shu in-ne-en-iu-ra ak- ka- du- sha sha-at-tum sha Sa-am-su-di-ta-na shar-rum sha-am-sha-a-tim sha "'""'das/d ' For the construction of Uui — dii with -ta, cf. mu bara-niah (jushkin-kii-babbar-ta shu-dii-a '^Marduk- ra uiir-ini-nn-dim-nxi, A, SI. 22; and similarly A, A.-S. 3, etc. In the shorter formula which drops the verb shu — dti, n^za etc., bc'comes a genetive modifi('r to AS!f-MPJ-a$h-ash-a just as » taldets dated in the reign of Rim-Sin of the l-9th, lltli, 13th. iSth. 21st-2.'>d. 25th-2Sth ami 30lh years after the occupation of Isin. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 115 and I sin, thus repeating the attempt of his father to extend his power over the South. In the following year he even directed, it seems, an expedition against Emuthal. the land of Rim-Sin s father. This expedition, though somehow successful, was prob- ably far from humiliating Rim-Sin, since we have tablets dated in the 9th, 11th and 13th years of this king. How long Hammu-rahi could maintain his conquest we do not know, but we may conclude that at least in his 9th year he still maintained it, since the canal Hammurabi-hegal, which he built in this year, was probably intended to procure, like later the Hammumbi-nuhush-nishi canal, prosperity to a newly acquired devastated territory. In the 9th year, Hanunu-rabi seems to have destroyed the town and the people of Malgu, the cit}" of Ea and Damkina, which at some time was the seat of a kingdom. ‘ The 10th year is marked by an enterprise against or in the cities of Rabikum and Shalibi, the former being described in the date of the 35th year as situated on the bank of the Euphrates. The notice of this enterprise, although most fragmentary, is of eminent value for us, because it opens up for us a view into the close connection of the middle Euphrates valley with Babylonia. Rabikum and Shalibi, the latter of which seems to be represented by the present ruins of Zelebtye on the left bank of the Euphrates, half way between the mouths of the Balih and of the Habur, commanded the water-course of the Euphrates, the important natural commercial route between the Westland and Babylonia, and it is easy to understand that the Babylonian rulers strove to maintain control of the river by occupying the chief towns along its course. A tablet in the British iMuseum is dated after the capture of Rabikum l)y a certain Ibiq-Ishkur.- If we are allowed to see in this the beginning of a fuller form of the date of the 11th year, it would appear that Hammu-rabi was prompted to take his action because Ibiq-Ishkur, by means of this fortified town, could conti-ol the Euphrates against the Babylonian merchants. The dates from the 12th to the 29th year record no military success, a sure sign that Hammu-rabC s position had suffered a total change. AVithout doubt Rim-Sin had won back his former power and possessions. Only gradually IJammu-rabfs influence rose again, as can lie observed from his liuilding fortresses in his 19th(?), 21st and 27th years, and his fortifying aS ip/Jar in his 23d, 24th(?) and 25th years, the latter presupposing perhaps a previous destruction or devastation in warfare. The period of Hammurabi’s great and lasting successes liegins with his 29th year. In this year he defeated an army of the Elamites, the people that since the oldest * See tlie inscription of Ibiq-Ishtar in Vorderasiotische Schrifldenkmaler, I, No. 32. ^According to King in L. I. IL, III, pp. 238f., note 72. 116 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS times‘ had invaded and ransacked Babylonia. That they came as allies of Rim-Sin is an unproved assumption, and is very unlikely, since Ri?n-Sin’s mother-country was Emuthal, not Elam. The real state of affairs was undoubtedly this, that Rim- Sin’s empire, as being nearest to Elam, had to suffer the first attack from the invaders. After they had overthrown Rim-Sin’s army, but proliably had suffered themselves through the resistance of the South-Baliylonians, it may have been easy for rabi to rout them and expel them from Babylonia. Never before, it seems, was Hammu-rabi offered such occasion to realize his and his father’s aspirations, the dominion over all Babylonia, as now liy Rim-Sin’s weakness and his own success. He exploited fully his advantage. In the following year, with the help of A?nim and Enlil, as we read in the date formula of the 31st year, his hand slew to the ground the land Emutbal and king Rim-Sin. From this time Hammu-rabi was ruler over all Baby- lonia. The chronicle records the same event with the words: ‘ ^Hammu-rabi, king of Babylon, summoned his people and against Rim-Sin, king of Ur, he marched. Ur and Uruk did his hand conquer and their property he took to Babylon.”- It seems that Ashnunnak, which probalily also at that time was ruled liy patesis, made likewise an attempt to profit from the troubles in Baliylonia; for in the follow- ing year an army of Aslmunnak appears in Babylonia, but is defeated by Hammu-rabi. From the next year Ilammu-rabi liegins his works of peace. He dug (in the 32d year) the canal Hammurabi-nukush-nishi, which from Akkad went past Xippiir down to Shiimer, carrying waters of exuberance along with it. He tells us, and we may well believe him, that the people of Shumer and Akkad had been scattered;® he gathered and settled them in towns and cities along this canal. He reliuilt temples, e.g., E-mete-ursag (41st year) in Kish, the temples in Larsam, in Halab, etc.^ He built new fortresses, like Dur-SinmubaUit at the head of the Hammurabi-nuhush-nishi canal (i.e., where this canal leaves the Euphrates), the great castle Kar-Shamash on the liank of the Tigris, and refortified the city of Rabikum on the bank of the Euphrates in the 36th (or a later) year. This latter notice shows us that Hammu-rabi' s power extended far beyond the boundaries of Babylonia proper. The possession of Rabikum proves that the middle Euphrates valley was again in his power, and undoulitedly Kar-Shamash, which is mentioned with Rabikum in the same date formula, occupied the same position in the upper valley of the Tigris® as Rabikum in the valley of the Euphrates, i.e.. it ' Cf. Thureau-D;ingiu, Ihie incursion (iainite en territoire sunu'rien a Fcpoque prisargonique, H. . 1 ., ^T, 4, pp. 7-10. ^ The following line is j)artly broken. The title king of Ur is of course a mistake. “ Louvre, I, 2 : 1-lG. Of. also niupahhir ntsld saphdtim sha Isi>d\ C. //., 2 : 49-51. ■' See the inscriptions on bricks. ^ The date formula states that Kar-Shamnsh is situated on the bank of the Tigi'is. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 117 secured the other natural commercial route down the Tigris; for we know from his Code of Laws that Hammu-rahi ruled over the city of Ashshur, to which he returned its tutelary god, and over Nineveh, where he richly endowed the temple of Ishtar; moreover, the directions in the letters to Smidinnam in Larsani as to the employ- ment of a detachment of Ashshurites, give evidence that the king actually exercised his power over these cities. Other military enterprises of Hammu-rahi are the conquest of Mari and Malgu in the 36th year, an expedition against (or the achievement of some work in) Ash- nunnak in the east in his 37th year, and the subjugation of the whole steppe, i.e., Mesopotamia with its hostile tribes, in the 38th year. These tribes perhaps are also to be identified with the people of Turukkum, Kagmum and Sube, whose bands were defeated in the 38th year. For the people of Mera and Tntul see C. IL, 4 : 30. Thus at the end of Hammu-rabi's reign his dominion extended over the whole territory from the Persian Gulf as far northwest, perhaps, as Charchemish and Diar- bekr. When Samsu-iluna inherited his father’s kingdom, he took also the charge upon himself to maintain Hammiirabfs compiests. This was no easy task, and his reign is, as we shall see, largely filled up with suppressing revolts and warding off attacks from outside. His very year of accession to the throne and his first year are marked by conflicts, for in the date of the first year he glorifies in having made his dominion shine over the lands, at the true command of Marduk, which implies that he had first to estaljlish it outside of Babylonia proper; and in the date of the second year he asserts that he liberated Simmer and Akkad, which presupposes that it was occu- pied by a foreign power. Probably at that time the events recorded by the chronicle took place, in which either the old Rim-SiH or one of his family played a part. Apparently it was an attempt to regain the kingdom of Simmer and Akkad. At any rate it failed. Samsu-ihma conquered the city of his foe and captured him alive in his palace. LTifortunately the continuation of the chronicle is only fragmentary. Samsu-iluna, as was customary after successes, endeavors to make his land pros- perous by digging two canals, Samsuiluna-nagab-nuhshim and Samsuduna-hegal. As far as we have any knowledge, peace and prosperity reigned in the land up to the 8th year, when a period of war sets in that extends over a time of six years, and is marked by the defeat of Cassite invaders in the 8th or 9th, of an army of the city of Idarnaraz in the 9th, the capture of Ur and Uruk in the 10th, the subjugation of insurgent lands in the 11th, the capture of Kisnrra and Sabum in the ‘ At that time Rim-Sin would have been at least about 20 + 6 + 2 + 43 + 1 = 70 years. 118 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS 12th, and the suppression of an insurgent king in Akkad in the 13th year. This long war or series of wars, the details of which unfortunately are unknown to us, ended, it seems, with the complete success of Samsu-ihma. But Baliylonia in all likelihood lay waste when peace was again established in the land. Besides the cities conquered by the king also Ism and the fortresses of Etmdbal had been destroyed either by Samsu-ilwia or his foes. Their fortifications were restored in the 14th and the 16th year, and the construction of a wall of Sippar in the loth year may suggest that even this city had suffered devastation. Nor can it be accidental that the tablets from Tell >Sf/r, existing abundantly for the first decade of Samsii-iluna’s reign, cease completely after the 10th year — a sure indication that the small town was destroyed and abandoned by its inhabitants. The period of peace from the 14th to the 26th year is only interrupted by the suppression of an uprising in one of the foreign lands in the 19th' and an expedition against the foreign(?) cities Sa’nd and Zarhanum in the 22d year. In connection with the last achievement Samsu-ilujia calls himself lugal sag-kal, ‘ The supreme king. ” We also receive the impression that at that time Samsu-iluna stands at the height of his power, and moreover reigns in peace, from his statement in the date of his 25th year, that he caused a stone of about eleven metres in length to lie brought to Baby- lonia from the great mountain of the Westland.’ Some great disturbance seems to have occurred in Samsu-iluna' s 28th year; for the 29th as well as the 30th year are dated after the formula of the 27th year, which indicates that in those years the king was jirevented from dedicating a votive object, or even from participating in the New-Year’s celeliration. Probably he was engaged in an unfortunate war. The 27th year perhaps still brought success, as we conclude from the formula of the 28th year: ‘ ‘year in which Samsu-iluna after having — upon the oracle of Enlil, .” Unfortunately we do not possess as yet the continuation of this formula, but if the date of P. 40 is to be assigned to the 29th year,^ Samsu-iluna in his 27th year vaiKiuished a certain ladih-ahu and perhaps one ' In the 2()th year some eatastroplie seems to liaA'e befallen Nippur, because the three baked duplicate tablets. Nos. .I'd-.!!, were found .at one place, and moreover ojie of them is broken into two pieces, only one of which is burnt. Per- haps tliis fact points towards a. conflagration of the city caused by enemies. ^ Like the Westland mountains BaftdUn and Tidnnum, from where Gudea procured certain stones, Stat. B., G : 15, 13, tliis great mountain of the Westland may be sought for somewhere in the vicinity of the Amanum. Gud., Stat. B.. 5 ; 28. Should it be the Taurus? From there almost the entire trip could be made on rafts domi the Euphrates and the canals in Baltylonia. ^ The date of t his tablet is later than the 12th year, because Mannummetthulifur, who buys a building lot according to No. 38 (Du'uzu G, 12th year), is already dead according to No. G4 (a house, perhaps erected on that building lot, is sold by the lirother, tlie son and the wife of nnu i)n)> cshuILvir) . As all the following years are named with official formulas that do not seem to allow an identification with ours, and as there is only the one i/.s.sn date of the 29th year, we should FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYL(JN. 119 MutiJjiirshana. The issue of the struggles of these years was certainly unfavorable for Samsu-iluna, because also the date of the 31st year makes, as far as we know, no allusion to political events. It is, therefore, not improbable that this is the time of the unfortunate conflict with Ihima-ilum, the first king of the so-called Second Dynasty. The very fragmentary report on this and the immediately preceding events in the Chronicle opens with a battle on the shore of the Persian Gulf, which ended with a victory for Samsu-iluna. We may conclude this from the words: their dead bodies (i.e., of the enemies) the sea [carried away]; for we would not expect such a detailed feature if the Babylonians had been defeated. As the passage is incomplete we are left in doubt as to whether Samsu-iluna was already at that time fighting lluma- ilum, or if our previous calculations should prove correct, ladih-abu and Mutihurshana. The chronicle continues: ‘‘A second time Samsu-iluna [went to the Sealand(?)]” ; but lluma-ilum approached and defeated him. A tablet (P. 68) found at Nippur and dated rnu-hil l-U-ma-ilum luyal-e gives evidence that Ilima-ilum, as he is called on this tablet, more correctly, actually reigned over Southern Babylonia as far north as Nippur for at least two years, but probably he ruled over these districts the last nine years of Samsu-iluna’ s reign. The latest Nippur tablets from the reign of Samsu-iluna are dated in the 27th, 28th and 29th‘ years, and it is possible that Ilima-ilum took possession of Nippur already in the last mentioned year.- No tablets of rulers of the First Dynasty from Nippur dated later than the 29th year of Samsu-iluna have come to light as yet, and although according to an oral communication by Hilprecht there exists a building inscription of Ammi-ditana from Nippur, nevertheless the absence of tablets can be sufficiently accounted for only by the assumption that Nippur was destroyed, and that for a long period all or most of the mounds of Nippur remained uninhabited. probably a-ssign it to this j'ear. The occurrence of names {Ahil-ilishu PA c-^Mah, 11th and 13tli years; Lu-Enlilla, 12th and 1.3th years; Idishum. 12tli year; XinIB-rahim-sirim, 13th, 2()tli and 27th ycai-s, li., 2d year, and Enlil-muballit, 23d year) would, it is true, at first sight point ratlier toward a year near the 13th, in which case one might identify the lugal (14th year) wth ladih-abu. But notice that NinlB-rahiiii-^irliii occurs as late as the 27th year of iluno. and tlie second year of Ilima-ilum. 1 P. 64. ^ Tlie 29th or 30th year would be an extreme limit, because tlie hiirgul Airilia is mentioned as earh' as forty years before, in the 33d year of Hammu-rabi. The last occurrence of his name on otlier tablets is in the ISth year. The three persons mentioned also elsewhere are Awilia hurgul (4, 33; Si. 4, 11, 12, 13 and IS); Ibni-Enlil dulmir (Si. 13. 14 and 28); E ini B-rahim-firim (Si. 13, 20 and 29 ( = Xo. 64)). From tliis one could be inclined to think a,gain of some year near the 1.3th or 14th; notice especially the juxtaposition of .Vwilia and Ibni-Enlil in Xos, 43 (13th year) and 44 (14th year). But cf. the occurrence of Ibni-Enlil in the 28th year. 120 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS UOCUMPLNTS The unfortunate outeonie of the fif>:ht of Satnsu-iluna with Ilinia-ihnn seems to have crippled his power for the rest of his reign. The date list informs us of another success against invaders(?) from the Westland in his 35th year, and of the suppression of an uprising(?) in Akkad in his 36th year. Particulars about these events are not known. Sanisu-iluna's son and successor Abi-eshu’ again made an energetic effort to get rid of the rival in the South. We learn from the chronicle that he tried to capture llima-ilum and, therefore, even planned the damming up of the Tigris. He indeed achieved the latter work, l)ut he did not capture llima-ilum. The statement concern- ing the damming up of the Tigris is borne out liy the date; ^‘year in which Abi-eshu' , the king, after in the great power of Marduk, he had dammed up the Tigris, . ” The Tigris, or more correctly that part of the Tigris in question, is undoubtedly the Sliatt-el-Hai, the influx of which at Kut-el-Amara Abi-eshu' seems to have diverted, thus depriving the land on the banks of the river of the life-giving power, the water. From this we may safely conclude that llima-ilum hatl his stronghold in one of the cities on the banks of this canal. That Abi-eshu' succeeded in getting control of Southern Babylonia we may also conclude from his building(?) the temple E-kish-shir- gal and dedicating his statue to this temple, provided that the sanctuary in Ur is meant. Apart from the instance mentioned above, the dates, as far as they are known at the present,^ furnish little material for the history of Abi-eshu'. From one we learn the name of a certain Adnatum, l)ut are kept entirely in doubt as to the role he played. Perhaps he was vanquished by Abi-eshu'. Scanty also are the data gathered from the formulas for the history of the last three kings, Ammi-ditaua, Ammi-zaduga and Samsu-ditana. With rare excep- tions they relate the dedication of votive objects; sometimes the building of a temple, or of a fortress. The impression is, therefore, forced upon us that the political activity of these kings was on the whole a limited one. The new political centre in the South checked the movements of his neighbor in the Xorth. Unfortunately we have, with one exception, no positive knowledge of the continuous contest we must necessarily assume existed lietween the last kings of Babylon and the first kings of the Second Dynasty. The names and the number of years of the reign of these kings are known from two chronological lists, and we can thus calculate that, after llima-ilum, the contemporary of Samsu-iluna ami Abi-eshu', Itti-ili-nibi was con- temporaneous with Abi-eshu’ and Ammi-ditaua, Damqi-ilishu with Ammi-ditona, Ammi-zaduga and Samsu-ditana, and Ishkibal ami Shushshi with Samsu-ditana. ‘ We know the foi'inulas of 2.5 (or 26) out of the 2S 3 'ears of Abi-eshu’. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 121 Perhaps we may see the traces of a continued war with changing results between the two rival kingdoms in the fact that a number of years of the reign of Ammi- ditana have no formula of their own, which always is a sign of turbulent times, while the immediately preceding year in all cases is marked either by some military success or by the construction of a fortress. This apparently means that Ammi-ditana several times made an attack upon foreign territory and endeavored to secure it for himself by building fortresses, whereupon the enemy very soon reconquered the lost territory or at least tried to do so. Thus the three first years of Amfni-ditana are all designated with formulas that suggest some military or political success. The fourth year, however, has no formula of its own, nor those denoting the second year after the construction of the fortresses Mashkan-Ammiditana in the 8th, Ishkun-Marduk on the ZUakum in the 31st and Dur-Ammiditana on the canal Me- EnUl in the 34th year. Another fortress, Dur-Ammiditana on the ZUakum, Ammi- ditana had built in his 15th year; the construction of Ishkun-Marduk on the same river (or canal) in the 31st year, represents perhaps a renewed attempt to subdue the regions around this river. A royal castle KiK U-shag-dugga was built on the Arahtum canal in the 19th year. In the 16th year Ammi-ditana vanquishes a certain Arahaum, who is called a liimia-da.} Nothing more concerning this event is known. A most important historical notice, however, is contained in the date of Ammi- ditana' s last year, because it mentions the name of Damqi-ilishu, the third king of the Second Dynasty. We learn that Ammi-ditana in his 36th year conquered a fortress which Damqi-ilishu had built, exactly the reverse of what we concluded above for several years of Ammi-ditana. The political course of things in the last period of Ammi-ditana' s reign seems to have been this: in his 34th year Ammi-ditana advanced towards the South and built a fortress on the canal MkEnlil, which, judging from its name, was not very far from Nippur; in the 35th year apparently Damqi-ilishu drove Ammi-ditana back and erected his own fortress, but in the 36th year Ammi- ditana conquered this fortress,^ and again extended his dominion over the South. ' Perhaps the Sumerian (?). - The opinion of Ungnad that tlie formula does not refer to tlie conquest of a fortress held by the eneui}-, but to the razing of a wall of a fortress in Ammi-ditarui’s own possession, cannot be maintained, because a king does not boa-st of such an event and mark a year after it, quite apart from the fact that the kings in order to secure their dominion tried to build as many fortresses as they could. Moreover, “to destroy the wall of a cit}^” is the technical term for “to take a city by force,” “to conquer a city.” It is likewise impossible to assume that the words, “which Damqi-ilishu had built,” do not refer to a contempo- raneous event, but to a construction of the w'all by Dmiiiq-ilishu, king of I sin, at a much earlier time; for a wall of sun-dried bricks and beaten clay, as usually the Babylonian city w'alls were, would long since have been destroj'cd by rain and rendered unfit for the defense, even if it had not been devastated in the prc\dous turbulent periods. 122 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS That Ammi-ditana, at least at times, actually ruled over Southern Babylonia we see from his title, “king; oi Skinner and Akkad/’ which he holds in the inscription published by King/ From the same inscrijition we learn that he was also king of lush, and that he had subdued the Westland/ Ammi-zaduija received from his father, who died the year after his success over Damqi-Uishu, the dominion over Southern Babylonia. We see this clearly from the date of the first year, in which he refers to EnUl who makes great his dominion, and from the formula of the second year, in which he calls himself the humble shepherd of Anuni and Enid. But, perhaps, in the latter year he lost the southern part of his dominion. In his inscription the judge, Gimil-Marduk, calls Animi-zaduga simply king of Babylon, a sure sign that he did not rule over Shunier. In his 9th year, however, Animi-zadurja broke, as he asserts, the oppres- sion of his land and in his 10th year he built a fortress at the mouth of the Euphrates, which proves that in this year his power extended as far south as the Persian Gulf. From the formulas of the following years we do not recei\T the impression that Amnii-zaduga maintained this powerful position. From the reign of Siinisu-ddana, the last king of the First Dynasty, as yet only few date formulas^ are known. We may conclude that before the year whose formula mentions the great battle forces of Shamash and Marduk, Samsu-ddana won some military success, while the fact that one year was named after the preceding year, again points to some jiolitical trouble. A short notice in the chronicle, made by way of addition, informs us that at the time of Samsu-ddana the Hittites invaded Akkad. From all appearance this people made an end to the kingdom of Babylon and the dynasty of Haniniu-rabi. The short historical notice' is tlie more valuahle as liy comhiiiiiig it witli the fact that Iliinci-ilu>ii is tlie con- tem|)orary of Abi-e.Qat-'^ X u-[nu'l] pa-te-si Kd-gal-la’^^ 15. ”^Li[- -]e-lum pa-te-si Am-da-ma'^^ 16. ^I-bi-Ma-ma pa-te-si Ar-da-ma''^ 17. ”Xdi-tir-shii-e-li pa-te-si A{ZA?)-SUH-UXU('IY'^ 18. "‘Ma-at-ga-nu pa-te-si [ ] 19. ‘^Ishkur-shar- rum [ ] 20. ”’Zu-zum-ta-nu [ ] 21. ’"Ta-im-shu-nu [ ] 22. A-bi-[ ] Rev.: 4. ‘^Mah dug-azag-ga-ni-ta [ ] 6. gish-nam-GIX-gish u ^’■<^d>‘gish-har-bi 5. p'p .... 6. [UD ] 7. bur gdn a-shag e(?)-[. . . .] mu [ ] 9. kalam-na kd-bi a-shag-ga ib{A-ue [ ] To A'in-. . . the mother of the land, the august lady . . . . , the great lady of , Lugal[ ]ni-mungin, the strong hero, who endows Nippur, king of UD , king of the four corners of the world, who gained l)ack Al-IJalim , who shielded the totality of the territory of the lands and caused the people of the lands to dwell in safety, who built the house of the great gods, who restored the land to its place, who exercised lordship over the totality, in the presence of Migir-Ellil, governor of Al-Halim ; Ellil-izzu, governor of SIR : .... . ./jfc/, governor of Kiel; Q«t-Ab/na(?), governor of Kagalla \ Li. . .elum, governor of Amdama; Ibi-Mama, governor of Ardama; X’urshu-eli, governor of IlallabU): Matganu, governor of ; Ishkur-sharrum, governor of ... . ; Zuzumtauu, gover- nor of ; Taimshunu, governor of ; Abi , governor of 124 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS Annotations. To li. 1. compare Nin-in-fsi-na nin-yal ama kalnm-nui nin-a-ni-ir, Warad-Sin, Stone tablet, Obv., 1-5. Should the appellation ama kalamma, common to Ijoth divinities, be an indication that Xininsina = Ninmnnn'^. The situation of Al-Halim, li. 5, is unknown. Gur-rn-dam is here translated with v-le-ir; the formation lali-dam, which elsewhere also denotes tlie future, seems to become determined as to the time onl}' b}- the context. To gii-kahnn cf. sib qu-kalam ki-Ni-hrii^'’, Rim-Sin, Clay, part II. As to the meaning, corresponds to cf. gi-gi = pcKji'idii, shullinnu. LI. G, 7 seem to form a unity, since the enclosing a stands only after the last verb. The document No. 130, which is dated by a colophon in the reign of Ammi- zaduya, is the copy of a transfer of land (see Rev. li. 29) by an earlier king, probably to the temple of the goddess who is mentioned Oliv. li. 1. Unfortunately the name of the king as well as that of his capital is only partially preserved. The latter, consisting of two signs, the first of which is UD, can be neither Unuy nor Larsam, because of the complement a, possil:)le readings being perhaps Adah, Larak or Upi. The Sumerian name of the king and the mentioning of the goddess Mah, who else- where appears associated with Ann, ElUl and Ea, seem to point towards the South, while the title. King of the Four Corners of the World, the prominent place of Nippur in the titles of the king and the names of the first two mentioned patesis, compounds with ElUl, render it probable that the king in question ruled over a territory in the centre of which Nippur was situated. But, judging from the other predicates which he assumes, his dominion extended also over districts outside of Babylonia (kur- kur-ra), and over the regions north(east) of Akkad {ki-shar-ra) . Akkad itself and the great southern cities are not under his rule. x^s to the time of this king all indications as yet are wanting, except perhaps that the title d-a Nibnd‘'^ held by Ishme-Dagan, might place him near this king of Isiu, especially as after the reign of his son a usurper founded a new branch of the dynasty, and Gunyunum of Ur and Larsam, who calls himself also king of Shiuuer and Akkad, is a contemporary and liege lord of another son of LAnue-Dayan, the time being thus ;i variously disturbed one. ‘ Ibit cf. the similar jilirase li-a'Gdmii, Ixusal-zaggisi, I, 25. MIT. CONCORDANCE OF PITOFER NAMES Abbreviations. b., brother; c., cousin; d., daughter; f , fatlier; gd., granddaughter; gf., grandfather; gin., grand- mother; gs., grandson; h., liusband; in., mother; n., nephew; s., son; S., seal; si., sister; ii., uncle; w., wife. Determinative: d., deus, den. t denotes feminine names. I. Names of Persons from the Nippur Texts. A-hil-^Mnr-tu \-ab-ba f. of Xa/mar-zi nu-esh, 10 : 37. A-ab~ba-a s. of Dingir-mansi, 12 : 27. A-ab-ba{‘!)- **rmgar, 9 : 3. A-nb-ba-tum bur-gnl, 37 ; 19 A-bn{^)-n *1. f. of Manum-(ma)hir.'^hu. 2. f. of Sin-imguranni, .52 : 18 | 53 : 33 | 54 : .33. .4 -bn-'^En-l il-dirn *1. s. of SHESH-SHESH, 5 : 23. 2. 42 : 9, 14. A-bi-ia-tum f. of Taribum, 32 : 27. A-hil-ia-tum *1. f. of Ali-tcaqnim, 7 : 24. 2. f. of Xish-inisliu, 31 : 19. A-bil-i-n-Hhu 1. s. of XinlB-gnmil] arad^Da-gnn, 22, S. 2. s. of Xiixku-nl.shu, 41 : 22. 3. s. of Ur- , 49 : 4, 10, 11, 17. 4. f. -in-law of Eloli, .52 : 9 i .53 : 20 | .54 : 21. .5. akil t'-^Mah, .30 : 1 j 42 : 16 j 64 : 20. 6. lu-SHIM + GARA^En-Hl, 47 : 12 | .58 : 1 i. A-bil-ilu 1. s. of Abil-Shnmashj n. of Martu-malik, Libit- Enlil and Libit-Martu, gs. of Erishsumatum 32 : 7, 9, S. I 33 : 6 I .34 : 2, 6 | 3.5 : 7. 2. s. of Silli-Shnmash, b. of Ili-idinnam, Ellinniishu and Ili-turam, 36 : 20, Case, G. 3. s. of Taribum, 48 ; 36. A-bil-‘^ Shamash f. of Libit-Martu, 32 : 14 | 3.5 : 4, 6, S. A-bil-'^[ ] 19 : 2. A-bi}-[ ] 47 : 8. A-hi[ ] 61 : 9. Ab-lum 1. f. of Lu-NinIB, .31 : 20. 2. gala, .57 : 8. A -bu-um-wa-qnr 1. f. of Mar-irsitim , 30 : 5. 2. bur-gal, 49 : 49. A d-da-dingir s. of Dingir-mkkal, b. of Sin-ituram, 59 : 7. Ad-d/i-dug-ga (a good father, abljreviatcd)- 1. f. of I(nim)-Xannar and Shesh-ki, 44 : 26 2. nu-esli, f. of Lu-Ania-arazu, 22 : 7. 3. nu-('sh, f. of Xusku-tiishu, li. of Ishtar-lamazi . s. of Damiq-ilishv, 11 : 25. 28 : 13 [ 40 : 25, 26. * Names marked with * occur on Nippur tablets dated in the reigns of Warad-Sin and Rim-Sin (Nos. 1-7) ; those marked with ** on the Yokha tablets (Nos. 8 and 9). ^ Cf. Ama-dug-ga, B. E., Series A, 'IT, 1, 6 : G; Shesh-dug-ga, C. T., IV, 45 : 29; ^TII, 47 ; 19; in Semitic A-bu- um-pa-bu-um, A-hu-ta-bu-um, P. N . 126 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS A-gu-u-a *1. f. of Ibkii-Damu, G : 3. 2. 29 : 3. A-fii-hi-mu-ur 63 : 5. y\ -fii-sha(-gi)-ish s. of Najinar-zimu, 11 : 20 A -}ii-sha-gi-ish *1. hur-gul, 7 : 25. 2. f. of Nimia, 12 : 29. A-hu-um *f. of 4 : 2S. A-fiu-shu-nu 1. s. of Ur-Ennugi, h. of Ziatum and Nahi-Shamash, *7 : 5, 7, 14, S. I 14 : 22. **2. b. of Nannnrtu.m. and Dingir-mami, 9 ; 4, 9. ■\ A-Vi-a-fiu-sha female slave of Naruhtum , 23 : G. ^A-Vi-ba-ash-ti' female slave, 49 : 2. A-l'i-ilu s. of Rish-Ea, 48 : 21. A-l'i-xm-aq-ru-um *1. s. of AbiHatum, 7 : 24. *2. s. of Lii-Nannar, 7 : 21. *3. b. of Ur-Duazagga, 5 : 10, 15. 4. nu-esh, 44 : 20. fd ma-sukkal d. of NinlB-marm, \v. of Enlil-iJzu, 40 : 2, 4, S. 12, S. I 47 ; 4 1 ,58 : 4. Amar-Shiiba (young bid of Shubir) f. of M(ir-ir.dtim, .53 : 29 | .54 : 29. '\A-7ne-ir-tnm (of. A wirhim) **tl. of N(i)niiialik, Libil-Enlil (and AI)il-Shamas]iR), g.-f.? of Lihit-Mnrtu, 32 : 19, S. I 33 : 4, 19, S. I Case 6 | 34 : 4, 6, S. | .35 : 7, 12. 2. f. of Sin-napslieram , 62 : 13. E-shu-me-D U-lu-mur 1. shuiug, s. of Eu-idin nam , 67 : 22. 2 . 21 : 10 . E-/e-el-hi-('^),Sin., E-lr-hi-Sin ( = *)* s. of Ea-idinnam, 48 : 3.5 ; .56 : 22 | *57 : 35. E-t il-h t-^Sh a mash f. of Tab-baJatu, .53 : 1. (ia-mi-lum s. of KAL-KA L-bani, 52 : 20 , .53 : 31 ; 54 : 31. Giniilior Qdty^En-Ul dub-sar, 33 : 20 I 34 : 21 . G im il (or Qdt) -'i -I i-sh u s. of Gir-ni-ni-shag, 48 : 41. ^ The Sumerian character of names compounded with me-DU is proved l>y ‘^Xannar-mc-DU. ^ Cf. also Nanrmr-zal-men, Ranke, P. N., p. 2465. Cf. Ilurn-i-na-ia and'^Shamash-i-tui-ia, Ranke, P. N., a-a = d^‘a. For the change of a"a with d see p. 3, note 1. ^ “Verschleifung" of the 1; cf. E-te-hu-um, 81 ; 17, instead of Eteibum. 17 130 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS Gir-ni-ni-shdy (liis way is bright)' f. of Gimil-ilishu, 48 : 41. Gir{1)-ni-ni-za s. of Lu-shag, 21 : 9. l^a-ba-na-tuni f. of Damn- , 16 : 5. ya-bil-a-iiL adopted s. of Tah-bnlntu and Beltia, 57 : 3, 14, 17. U a -b il-ki-nu-u m 22 : 14. a-am-mu-ra-h L king, 10 : 4 (witii the determinative for gods) and in the dates of 1-3, 5-10. Ua-ah-si **f. of Shumum-Ubshi, 8 : 32. i-du-tiim w. of Damu-idinnam , m. of Mutum-ilum, 42 : 5. Qu-pa-tam 1. s. of -ganum{7), h. of Rubatum, f. of Awir- tum, 4 : 2, 10, S. 2. f. of Sin-erish, 10 : 42. l-ha-lu-ut I-ba-al-lu-ut ( = *) s. of Ud-ullu, 52 : 19 | *53 : 30 | *54 : 30. I-ba-sJiar-rii-iim (abbreviated)^ f. of Imgur-NinlB, s. of Lugntiun., 12 : 9, S. Ih-ga-tum 1. s. of Azag-Ningal , 1). of NidnusJia, 26, IV : 20. 2. s. of Enki-a-nirgnl, In of Sin-sJinnuih, 23 : 31. 3. s. of Liburritin, 10 : 38. 4. s. of Ududu, 1>. of Ishkiir-girra, n. of Lshknr- rabi, c. of Mar-irsifiiii and Mutum-ilum, 10 : 29, 34 1 14 : 27, L.E | 30 : 17. 5. s. of Ur-Duazaggu , 29 : 4, 0. 0. s. of Warad-Sin, 13 : 2. 7. f. of Diiigir-sukkul, 28 : 30. 8. 25 : 4. l-h'G^En-Vd 1. s. of AwiUa, b. of llushu-ibnisku and Ilima-abi, 48 : 4, 7, 17, 21, 23. 2. lu-SIIlM + GAR ‘^En-Ul-ld, s. of Nannnrtiou, 48 : 45. **3. s. of Ncmnar-ziinii and Dushubfiim, b. of Amerlum, 8 : 13, 21. 4. s. of Sin-lidish, 32 ; 26 | 33 : 17 [ 34 ; 17. 5. s. of Sin-magir, 28 : 33. 6. lu-SHIM -h GAR '^En-lil-ld (identical with 2?). I-bi-'^NinlB (or shah?) s. of Nur-N inshah,, 14 ; 6. I-bi-'^Nin-shafi *1. lu-SHIM + GAR'^En-lil-ld, s. oi Nabi-Enlil, 7 : 19. 2. s. of Sin-lirani, 48 : 34. Ib-ku-u-a-tum (abbreviated) 23 : 13. Ib-ku-^ Da-mu 1. dub-sar, s. of Imgur-Sin, 47 : 5. *2. s. of I{7iim)-Damu, 7 : 23. *3. f. of Agua, 6 : 4. 4. 23 ; 10. Ib-ku-E-a 1. s. of An-azag-sha, 28 ; 11, 12. 2. s. of Sharuh-ili, 68 : 20. Ib-ku-'^En-lil nu-esh, 43 : 30. Ib-ku-ir-si-tim s. of Sin-lidish, 15 : 3 Ib-ku-‘^Ishkur 49 : 2. Ih-ku-Ishtar 1. s. of Lugal-azida, 68 : 2.5. 2'. s. of Taribum, 12 : 26. 3. f. of Ea-idinnam, 24 : 3, S. Ib-ku-sha 1. s. of An-azag-sha, f. of Ea-turam and (by adop- tion) of Ea-taiar, 28 : 1, 5, 7, 11, 24. 2. s. of Sin-magir, 35 : 17. 3. f. of Ea-idinnam (identical vith Ibku-Ishtar, No. 3 ?), 28 : 32. Ib-ni-E-a s. of [ ], 38 ; 21. lb-ni-‘^En-lil dub-sar, 43 : 34 | 44 : 28 | 61 : 10 | 68 : 27. Ib-ni-^ Ishkur *s. of Idin-Ishkur, 4 : 33. I(;nmi)-'^Da-mu *f. of Ibku-Datiiu, 7 : 23. ' The same name occurs Keisner, Telloh, 139, II : 14, and in the name of a small towir Al-Gir-ni-ni-shdg^'^ in the domain of Sin-idinnam, the governor of Larsam, L. 1. H., 42 : 19. See also Xammani-nishag, 10 : 46; E-turra-nishag , Rsn., Tel., 164, IV, 2 from below; '^Pa- ^'^^'BIL-sag-ka-ni-shag, Rsn., Tel., 125, I : 15, 16. " Cf. Ili-ipashar. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 131 I-da-tum 1. s. of XinIB-nUhu, 6S : 7, 9, 16. 2. f. of Xabi-Enlil, 47 : 20. I-din-'^En-Ul 1. 7iu-esh,s.oi Sin-er{i)bam, 10 ; 40 | 39 : 20 | 49 ; 43. 2. f. of Ur-Ku3uga, 49 ; 44. 3 lii-SHIM + GAR, 57 : 24. I-din-'^Ishkur 1. shutug ‘^Xin-lil-ld, s. of Ishkur-girra, 40 : 20. *2. f. of Ibni-Ishkur, 4 : 33. I-din-Ishfar 1. s. of EUitum, 13 : 11. 2. s. of Lugal-EZEN , 49 ; 23. 3. s. of M annum 7)1 eshulisur and Xarubtu))), 64 : 8, 16. 4. s. of Xabi-SJianiash, 51 : 1. 5. s. of Sin-7nagir, 32 : 28. 6. dub-sar, 35 ; 25. 7. 27 : 3. I-dirtA^I-shum *bur-gul, 6 ; 24. [lydin-'^Sin s. of tu7n, 16 : 14. I-di-shuni bur-gul, 39 : 24 | 64 : 14. Igi-shdg nu-esli, s. of Ina-Ekur-rabi, 43 ; 6, 7, 14, S. | 44 : 4. Igi-^Xannar-sliu-al-gub (before Xannar he (or I) went) 21 : 4. i-U-a^wi-li 1. f. of Sag-nin-bi-zu, 49 : 20, 39. 2. 9 : 28. i-li-e-ri-ba-a7n 1. bur-gul, 36 : 22 ] 45 : 24. 2. pashishu, 62 : 20. 3. h. of Shat-Shamash, 46 ; 5, S. i-lir-i-ba-shar (my god will loosen) 1-li-ib-ni-a-ni s. of Dagan-mansi, 39 ; 21. I-U-i-din-nam 1. adopted s. of Ea-idinna?n and Kuritum, b. of Iliummati, 24 : 1, 12, 23. 2. s. of Silli-Shamash, b. of Ellumushu and Abil- Martu, 36 : 9. i-lv-i-ki^sfuim s.oi Hi , 68 : 23. 1-li-ip-pa-al-za s. of NinIB- ,41 : 20. 1-li-i p-pa-al-za-a/n s. of Sherum-Ui, 62 : 24. 1-H-ish-me-a-ni, -ish-r/ie-a-ari-ni ( = *)■ 1. f. of Ili-ibashar, 33 : 18. 2. *30 : 10. }-li-?)ia 1. s. of Sin-idin7ia)7i, 49 : 46. 2. s. of Arad-Nannar, 23 : 29. 3. ? hi-bara '^Babbar, 37 : 18. l-H-ma-a-bi s. of Awilia, b. of Ibi-Enlil and llushu-ibnishu, 48 : 5, 8, 18, 22, 24. i -K-77ia-ilu)n 1. King, 68 : 29. 2. PA-PA, 62 : 2, 8. 1- li-ma-lu-lim? bur-gul, 31 : 21. 2 - li-7na 1-ma l-lik f. of Ili-ikisham, 68 : 23. 2 -I l-na-a p-li-za-am s. of Dainiq-ilishu, 37 ; 21. f-U-tu-ra-a)n 1. s. of Shagia, 12 : 31. 2. kii-dim, b. of Abil-Martu, s. of SiUi-Sha)7iash, 36 : 19. l-li-imi-ma-ti adopted s. of Ea-idin7iani and Kuritum, b. of Ili- idinnam, 24 : 2, 13, 24. l-U-u-^^Shamash **1. s. of I))igur-Sin, 8 : 30. 2. dub-sar, 24 ; 37 | 32 : 31. 3. 27 : 10 (identical mtli the preceding?) Ilu-h i-'^Shatnash s. of Lugal-azida, 50 : 17. Ilu-na-shi f. of Ellitian, 30 : 4. I-hi-7ii *1. s. of Dingir-ma7isi, 6 ; 23. 2. f. of Dingir-)nansi, 40 : 22. 3. 48 : 3. I-lu-lnil] f. of Ui'-Sadara7iun, 59 : 17. Ilu-sukkal (see Di)tgi)--sukkal) ‘ Notice the use of a to denote the hiatus, ^ Cf. llum-lu-lim, Ranke, P. N, 132 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS 1 1 u-shu-ha-ni s. of Uttagallu-meDU, 39 : 4, 11, 16. II ii-ahu-ih-ni-shu 1. s. of Awilia, b. of Ibi-Enlil and Ilima-ahi, 48 : 4, 7, 12, 22, 23. 2. f. of Ninni-mansi, 67 : 20. Im-gu-u-a 1. f. of Nabi-Shamash, 11 : 6, 11, S. 1 23 ; 25. **2. f. of Sin-lidish, 9:17. Irn-gur-'^NinlB 1. s. of Ibasharriim , 12 : 9, 13, 20, S. 2. s. of Lu-NinlB, 6 : 19. hn-gur-^Sin f. of Ibku-Damu, 47 ; S. / ni-gu-ru.-um. Im-gur-ruin ( = *) 1. f. of Mutmu-mahirshu, 10 : 43. 2. f. of N inJ B-mushtaL, *60, case 23. 3. f. of Sin-nJunn and Sin-eribam, 48 : 38. ] 26, III : 32. IM-URUDUUi *s. of Dada-kalla, 5 : 25. I -tM-c-kar-ra-bi 29 : 13. t{nim)-'^Natinar 1. s. of Adda-dugga, br. of Shesh-ki^ 44 : 25. 2. f. of Sin-Udish, li. of Shalurtutn, 5:1, S. ; li. of Shalurtuni, 4 : 4, S. In-bu-lum **s. of Enlil-meDU, 9 : 13. t{yiim)-<^NinIB 1. f. of Enlilla-negu., 32 : 25 | 33 : 16 | 34 : 16. 2. UiMEMI, .50 : 13. '^IshknA-TWSII-ru 1. s. of Ududii. b. of Ibgatum, n. of Ishkur-rabi, c. of Mar-irsitim and Miitum-ilum, 10 : 28, 34. 2. f. of Idin-Ishkur, 40 : 20. ^Ishkur-ra-hi f. of Mar-irfitini and Mutum-ilurn, )j. of Ududu 10 : 3, 9, 32. ^^Ishkur-ri-im-'i-li male slave of Narnblum , 23 : 7, 15. ^Ishkur-shar-ru-um uku-ush lugal, s. of Ishutn-ahi, 10 : 11. '^Ishkur-ia-a-a-ar dub-sar, 18 : 22. t Ishtar-Ia-ma-zi 1. w. of Adda-dugga nu-esh, 40 : 26. 2. \v. of Lugal-azida nu-esh, 40 : 27. t Ishtar-na-afi-ra-ri female slave, 26, III : 15. t Ishtar-ra-bi-a-at **slave of Dushubtum, 8 : 4, 9, 17. ^I-shuni-a-bi f. of Ishkur-sharrum, 10 : 12. Iz-kur-KShamash s. of Elali shuiug, 67 : 19. '^KAL-KAL-ha-ni- f. of Gamilum, 52 : 20 | 53 : 31 1 54 : 31. KA -shdg-^E n-lil-ld 50 : 4. Kesh {‘I)^^-i-din-nam^ dub-sar, 62 : 26. Kirii( = gish-sar)-ga-mil s. of Warazunu, b. of Sin-ish?neani, Kumbulum and Nurum-lisi, 14 : 30. Ki-ish-ti-'^Ninl B s. of Tab-balatu, 65 : 3. Ku-bu-tum lu-SHIM + GAR ^En-lil-ld, s. of Sin-eriba(m), 52 : 11, 16 I 53 : 23, 28 1 54 : 24, 28 | 67 : 15. Ku-um-bu-lum s. of Warazunu, b. of Sin-ishmeani, N’unou-lisi and Kiru-garnil, 14 : 28. t Ku-ri-tum w. of Ea-idinnam, adoptive m. of Ili-idinnam and Ili-ummati, 24 : 4, 15, 22, S. hah-'^Nannar-zal-shar (cf. the following name) dub-sar, 15 : 14. Lah-'^Naniiar-zal-zal-shar (the light of Xannar enlightens the nni verse) ■* s. of Ellilum, 10 : 25. 1 For this reading see Hrozny in Z.A., XX, pp. 424ff. ; but cf. C.T., XXIY, 32 : 1495, DIXGIR-”‘“-“’'-IM, and Thureau-Dangin in S.A.K.I., p. 208, note c ^ ‘^Immer because of the name Immerum. The last would point to a reading ^^Imi-ra (cf. Sc. 288, lAI = i-mi). ^Qi.<^KAL-KAL-mu-ha-l)-it, Banke, P. X. ^Tbc name occurs also in L. I. IP, Vol. 1, 17 : 9 (King: SIII-IIAL-H AR^p ' Lutcf. Us-sn-XI-XI-DUG, Beisner, Tclloh. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 133 1. (w. or d. of) Lu-Bau, 31 ; 20. *2. d. of Lu-Enlilla, 6 : 27. t La-ma-zum 1. SAL + ISHIB ‘^NinlB, d. of Dumkuaia, 45 : 23. 2. SAL - ISHIB ^NinlB, d. of Enlil-mansi, 46 : 2, S. Li-bi-ii-'^En-Ul s. of Eri^sumatu7n, b. of Abil-Marhi, etc., 32 : 10, 12, S. I 33 : 19 I 34 : 3, 5, 11, S. Li-bi-ii-Ishtar 1. s. of Sha-Emah, 37 : 20. 2. s. of Shuma-ilu, 30 : 9. 3. dub-sar, 35 : 20. 4. MU, 5S : 21. Li-bi-ii-'^Mar-tu s. of Abil-Shainash, gs.(?) of Erishsumatum , 32 : 13, S. I 35 : 3, 5, 13, S. Li-bur-ra-am f. of Ibgatum, 10 : 38. L ii-'^A ma-a-ra-z u 1. s. of Adda-dugga nu-esh, 22 : 6. 2. f. of Dingir-mmiai, 40 : 24. Lu-'^Ba-u h. or f. of Lamazatum, 31 : 21. Lit-^Eii-ki-ga s. of Nannar-a-dah, 49 : 21. Lu-'^En-lil-ld 1. SHI + DUB, s. oiE-luti, 38 : 20 I 41 : 19 I 64 : 21. 2. f. of Sin-imguranni, 48 ; 37. *3. f. of Lamazatum, 6 : 27. 4. 47 : 9. 5. 52 : 6 ! 53 : 15 | 54 : 16. *6. (?) 1 : 4. Lii-E-shu-me-DU (cf. Lu-shu-me-DU) s. of ShamasUEnlil, 37 : 8, 13, S. Lugal-a-rna-ru 1. shutug '^Nin-lil-ld, 59 : 15. 2. 32 : 2. Lugal-d-zi-da 1. s. of Awiatum, 12 : 33. 2. f. of Enlil-idzu nu-esh ^En-Ul-ld, 40 : 1, probably identical with Lugal-d-zi-da nu-esh, h. of Ishtar- lamazi, 40 : 27. 3. f. of Ibku-Ishtar, 68 : 25. 4. f. of Ilu-hi-^Shamash, 50 : 17. 5. f. of Lu-NinIB, 23 : 26. 6. f. of NinI B-nirgal and Rim-Ishtar. Lugal-dumu^u 50 ; 5. Lugal-EZEN 1. s. of Nannar-adafi, 23 : 28, perhap.s identical with 2. f. of Idin-Ishtar, 50 : 23. Lugal-hegal 1. s. of Ea-idinnam, b. of NinlB-emugaia, 38 : 4, 7, 15, S. 2. f. of Damiq-ilishu, 48 : 40. Lugal-mu-pd{d)-da dub-sar, 57 : 48. Lugal-nig-si‘!{-sd) ? s. of , 59 : 6. Lu-ga-tum h. of Manutum, f. of NinIB-abi and NinlB-ga- mil, 12 : 10, S. Lu-ul-U-lu>n 60 : 5. Lii-'^Nannar 1. shutug ^Nin-Ul-ld, s. of EnlU-m.eDU, 40 : 21 | 41 : 8 I 47 : 10 I 59 ; 16. 2. s. of Nammani-nishag, 10 : 46. 3. dub-sar, 29 : 14. *4. f. of Ali-waqrum, 7 : 21. Lu-'^Nin-IB 1. s. of Ablum, 31 : 20. 2. s. of Azag-Namiar, 13 : 5. 3. s. of Lugal-azida, 23 : 26. *4. f. of Beltani, 6 : 28. 5. f. of Enlil-mansi shutug Ni)7lina, 41 : 18. *6. f. of Imgur-N ini B , 6 : 20. **7. f. of Nannartum, 8 : 25. Lu-'^Nin-si-an-na 51 : 4. Lu-shdg f. of Girl-ni-ni-za , 21 : 9. Lu-shdg-ga **f. of Damiq-ilishu, 8 : 27. Lu-shu-me-DU (cf. Lu-E-shu-me-DU) *s. of Sin-u'cU-dul, 5 : 24. Lu-<^[ ] dumu-mesh -, IS : 9. Lu-ush-ta-lim{-im)-ilum (or -shi-im-7) (cf. Lushalini-beli, P.N.) s. of Enki-mashzu, 12 ; 34. Lu-ush-ta-77iar 1. s. of Taribum, 52 : 23 | 67 : IS. 2. 7iagar, 31 : 3. 3. 52 : 1, 7 I 53 : 7, 9, 17 1 54 ; 7, 10, IS. BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS 134 Ma -an-na-tum, Ma-na-tum ( = *) (abbreviated) 1. f. of NinIB-mushlal, *52 : 21 | 53 : 32 | *54 : 32. 2. dub-sar = Mannum-ma^virshu dubsar. Ma-ni-ia, Ma-an-ni-ia (case) s. of Ubaia, 12 ; 32. Ma-an-nu-um-nia-fih'-shu, Ma-an-nu-ina-Tvir-shu ( = *) 1. s. of Imgurum, *10 : 43. 2. dub-sar, 36 ; 23; case Ma-an-na-tum. Ma-ayi-n.u-um-rne-slm-li-mr 1. s. of Awilia, f. of Idin-Ishlar, li. of Narubluni, b. of NinlB-mubalKt, 38 : 9 | 64 : 5. 2. s. of NinIB-qarrad, 14 : 23. Ma-a-nu 18 : 15. Ma-nu-um-{mn-)}i ir-sh u *s. of Aba, 5 : 28. t Ma-nii-twn w. of Lugatum, m. of NinIB-abi and NinlB-gainil, 12 : 12' 14, 21, S. Ma-ri-ir-si-tim, Ma-ri-ir-zi-tim (= *), Mar-irsitim (= **), M ar-ir-si-tim ( = ***) 1. s. of Abum-waqar, **30 : 5. 2. s. of Aviar-Shuba , **53 : 29 | *54 : 29. 3. s. of xiN.BA-lu-ti, **22 : 13. 4. s. of BA-slm-'\ ], ***62 : S. 5. s. of Ishkur-rabi, b. of Mutum-ilum, n. of Ududu, c. of Ishkur-girra and Ibgatuni, 10 : 1, 31; identical with Mar-irsitim, s. of Dama{‘t)-gi(gu, 14 : 4, 6, 17 I **30 : 15. 6. f. of Sm-ahum, ***64 ; 23. '^Mar-hd -m a-lik s. of Erishsumatum, b. of Abil-Martu, Libit-Enlil (and Abil-Shamashl)] u. of Libit-Martu, 32 : 18, S. I 33 : 3, 5, 11, S. | 35 : 2, 18. M a-ru-ut-Ishiar s. of Sin-lidish, 48 : 42. M i-gir-'^En-lil f. of Narubtum, s. of Naramtum, 23 : S, 19, 20. Mii-nm-Jie-gub (niy name he may establisli; cf. Shn)7Htsh- shum-itkiu) gala, 26, IV : 19. Mu-niu-ui-pad (my name has l^een called) nu-csh, 43 : 28 1 44 : 18. Mu-na-wi-rurn s. of Dajnqum, 13 : 13. Mu-tum-ilum 1. s. of Dumu-idinnarn and ^idutum, 41 : 5. 2. s. of Ishkur-rabi, b. of Mar-irsitim, n. of Ududu, c. of Ishkur-girra and Ibgaium, 10 : 1, 31 | 30 : 16. 'Sa-bi-ia *f. of Elali, 7 : 22. Na-bi-'^En-lil 1. s. of Idatum, 47 ; 20 | 58 : 19. **2. f. of Ea-tuisir, 8 : 28. *3. f. of Ibi-Ninshah, 7 ; 20. 4. f. of Sin-eribam, 24 : 33. Na-bi-'^Shamash 1. s. of Imgua, 11 : 6, 11, 17, S. | 23 : 25. *2. s. of Ur-Ennugi, b. of Ahushunu and Ziatum, 7 : 8. 3. f. of Idin-Ishtar, 51 : 2, 3. 4. 17 ; 3 1 21 : 3, 4 I 25 : 3 I 27 ; 4; probabh' identical -ndth No. 3; cf. Idin-Ishtar, 27 : 3. Na-^En-lil 1. s. of NinIB-mushallim, 68 : 22. 2. 27 : 9. Natn-ma-ni-ni-shdg (his fate is bright)' f. of Lu-Nannar, 10 : 46. N a m-ra-a m-sha-ru -ur f. of Suhuntum, 45 : 7. Nam-rimi-\-W f. of Nur-Shamash, 62 : 22. ‘^Nannar-d-dah (Nannar is a helper) 1. f. of Lugal-EZEN 2. f. of Lii-Enkiga, 49 ; 21. '^Nannar-a-rd-mu-un-gi-en (seal seems to omit -en \ Xamiar made the way steady) s. of Ninni-mansi, b. of Enlil-lu-shag , Ur-Duazagga and Ur-DUN.PAea, 26, II : 20 | III : 4, 11, 27. Seal. ‘^Nannar-ibila-ma-an-s'i (Nannar has gi'ven me an heir) nu-esh, 43 : 26. '^Na)inar-»ia-a7i-si *1. s. of Belu77i, 6 : 22. 2. s. of Di7igir-77)an^i, 30 : 6. 3. f. of Shu77iu 777-Ubshi, 49 : 7, S. 4. shufi/g, 44 : 22. ‘ MAR-TU, perhaps mai'-uru, although the form of TU does not seem to allow a reading «ri/; but cf. a-7ita-ru 77Hi7'-uru {v-ma/'-uru, a-i/ia.-uru) = abubu, kur-z/tar-TU = A//m7TU. ^ Cf. Gir7vi-7iishag. ® To the ending u/// compare Zaziqu/zi-Waz-ad-Si/z. (a lord is d'arad-Si/i'-), P. N. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 135 ‘^Xa n na r-m e-D U *s. of Pahahum, 5 : 21. ‘^Xannar-lit-ti 1. f. of Sin-ahushu, 42 : 2. *2. f. of , 4 : 29. ‘^Xannar-sha(g)-Id-su (Xannar is merciful) 50 : 13. ‘^Xaniiar-tum 1. f. of Ibi-Enlil lu-SFIIM + GAR ’^Enlilla, 49 ; 45. **2. s. of Lu-XinIB, 8 : 24. 3. f. of Xidin-Ishtar, 28 : 30. 4. f. of XinlB-mushalUni, 49 : 9. 5. nu-ish, 42 : 10. 6. b. (?) of Ahushumi and D mg i r-m ansi. ^Xaniiar-zi nu-esh, s. of Abba, 10 : 37. '^Xannar-zi-mu 1. f. of 11 : 26. **2. f. of Ibi-Enlil and Amertum, h. of Dushubtwn, 8 : 15, 21. 3. f. of Idiniatum, 11 : 24. 4. f. of Sin-idinruim, 10 : 39. Xa-ra-am-'^Sin, -Sin ( = *) 1. f. of Aitd, 40 : 19; perhaps also 47 : 15. 2. f. of Beltani, *13 : 4. 3. f. of Damiq-ilishu, 22 : 5. 4. Xa-ra-arii-\ ], f. of EnVd-nadn, 22 : 11, L.E. t Xa-ra-am-him 1. m. of Aligir-Enlil, gm. of Narubtum, 23 : 19. 2. d. of Shmtum, w. of AwUia, by adoption m. of Ibi-Enlil, Ilushu-ihnishu and lli-abi, 57 : 2, 5, 13, 15, 18, 21, 2.5, 30. \ Xa-ru-xdj-turn, Xa-ru-bi{? or ub) -turn ( = *) 1. d. of Migir-Enlil, gd. of Nuramtam, 23 : 8, 20. 2. SAL + ISHIB<^Nin-IB, 31 : 16. 3. w. of Damiq-ilishu, 11 ; .5, 13, 19, *S. 4. w. of Mannummeshdisur, m. of Idin-Ishtar, 64 : 9, 16. '^X e-unu-gal-xrw-an-s'i bur-gul, 3 : 26 1 26, IV ; 24. Xi-din^Ishtar s. of Nannartum, 28 : 30. X Di(Enu-v\m\ dub-sar, 16 : 15. X l-idr-nu-sha s. of Azag-Ningal, b. of Ibgatum, 26, IV : 21. Xi-rni-ia a. of Aliishagish, 12 : 29. <^Nin-IB-a-bi 1. 3 . of Lugatum and Alanutum, b. of N ini B-garnil , 12 : 10, 13, 20, S. 2. iikush, 14 : 31. ‘^Nin-IB-ga-mil 1. s. of Lugatum and Manutum, b. of NinIB-abi, 12 ; 10, 14, 21, S. 2. s. of Sin-bel-ili, 12 : 28. **3. s. of Silli-Ishtar, 8 ; 24. 4. s. of Tab-balatu and Beilin, 1). of the adopted IJabil-ahi, 57 : 5, 10. 5. s. of Ur-Duazngga, 30 : II. 6. f. of Abil-ili.stiu, 22 ; S. 7. f. of Bnbbar-andul , 68 : 6. 8. dub-sar, 37 : 21. 9. 25 : 12. '^Nin-IB-e-m u-ga-a-a s. of Ea-idinnam , b. of Lugal-hegal, 38 : 5, 8, S. t ’^Xin-IB-ln-rna-zi slave, 26, II ; 14. ’^X i n-IB-mu-a n-s'i 1. s. of Damiq-ilishu, 16 : 3. 2. f. of Ama-sukkal, f. -in-law of Enlil-idzu, 47 : 5. 3. f. of NinIB-ra’im-sirim, 40 : 28 | 52 : 25 | 64 : 3, 11 1 67 : 9 I 68 : 10. 4. P.l-e, 24 : .34. 5. h. of Ummi-wnqnrnt, 63 : 4 and probabl}^ 63 : 10. ^Nin-IB-me-DU 1. f. of Ellitum, 49 : 22. 2. f. of Shunnim-libshi nu-esh, 50 : 15. ’^Nin-IB-mu-ba-D-it 1. s. of AwUia, 1). of MnnnummeshuUsur and Idin- Ishtar, 64 : 7, 15. 2. s. of Dumqi-Ishlar, 40 : 19. '^Nin-I B-m u-shn-l i in 1. nu-esh, s. of Xannartum, 48 ; 9, 14, 36, 38, 40. 2. f. of Nu-Enlil, 68 : 22. 3. f. of Xusku-nishu, 41 ; 3, 6, 7. 4. gala-mah, 26, IV : IS | 42 : 15. 5. lu-SIIIAI + GAR <^En-lil-ld 6. shutug '^Xin-lil-ld, 10 : 41. ^ Ni n-I B-mu-ush-ta-al 1. s. of Imgurrum, 68 case : 22. 2. s. of Mannatum, 52 : 21 j 53 : 32 | 54 : 32. 3. s. of Ubarrum, 34 ; IS. ^Nm-IB-nir-gal s. of Lugal-azida, b. of Rim-Ishtar, 12 : 6, 8, 10. ’^Nin-IB-ni-shu f. of Idatum, 68 : 7. BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS ‘^Nin-I B-qar-ra-ad 1. 7IIU, 10 : 2G. 2. r. of Mannunmieshulisur, 14 : 24 (probably identi- cal with the preceding). '^Nin-IB-ru-lii-im-si-ri-im, -si-ri, -zi-ri-im ( = *), -ra-i-im- zi-ri-itn ( = **)^ 1. s. of Nin-I B-7nansi, **4U : 28 | 52 ; 25 | G4 : 2, 10 | GG : 8 1 GS : 9. 2. *G0 ; 4 1 61 : G (prol)ably identical with the pre- ceding). 10 : 25. '^Nin-lB-[ ] f. of Ili-ippalza, 31 : 20. ^Ninni-ma-an-si 1. s. of llushu-ibiiishu, 67 ; 20. 2. f. of E nlil-luslmg , Nannar-ara-miingen, Ur-Du- azagga and Ur-DUN.FAea, 20, IV : 13. 3. dub-sar, 396 : 23. t Ni-sld-ni-shu 1. SAL + ISHIB '^NinlB, d. of Abiliatuni, 31 : 18. 2. SAL + ISHIB 'hMinlB, d. of Nur-kabla, 31 : 4, 6, 12. Nu-iir-^A-ba dub-sar, 12 : 35. Nu-7'u-tiim 1. f. of Sin-eribaui, 5 : 27. 2. sJLutug'-^Nin-lil-ld, 42 : IS. N[ii-u]r-i-di, Nu-ri-di ( = *) f. of Skutiuma-ilu, 16 : 13 j *25 : 35. Nu-iir-'^Kab-ta 1. f. of Nisli-inishu, 31 : 5 (S), probal:)ly identical with Nii-ilr-^Kab-ta dub-sar, 31 : 22. 2. f. of Sm-ikisham, 45 : 20. 3. 17 : 4. Nu-ur-'^Nin-shah 1. ukush, 58 : 22. 2. f. of Ibi-NinlB (or Ninshah), 15 : G. N u-ur-^ Shamash 1. s. of Namrum-ili, 62 : 22. 2. bur-gul, 28 ; 35. Nu-ruui-U-si s. of Warazunu, b. of Sin-ishiiieani, Kumbulum and Kiru-gamil, 14 : 29. '^Nusku- ni-shu 1. s. of Adda-dugga, 28 ; 31 | 40 ; 25. 2. s. of NinI B-musIudlirn, 43 : .3, G, 7. 3. 25 : 13. ^Nusku-tum s. of Damquni, 49 : 48. Va-ka-ltu-um *f. of Nannar-meDU, 5 : 21. Qdt-'^En-lil and all names beginning with SHU (possible reading qat-) see under Gimil-. Iti-ba-tum 25 : 5. Ri-im-Ishtar 1. s. of Lugal-azida, b. of NinlB-nirgal, 44 : 12, S. 2. s. of Enlil-mudammiq and [ ], 47 : 16 | 58 : 18. 3. 19 : 9. Ri-ish-E-a f. of AK-ilum, 67 : 21. t Ru-ha-tum *w. of Qupatum, m. of Awlrtum, 4 : 3. ^^i^a-dara-nun-[ J-si slave, 50 : 3. Sag-nin-bi-zu s. of Ili-awili, 49 : 11, 20, 39. Sa-al-lu-u 43 : 5. {‘^)Sa-am-sH-i-lu-nn (with determinative for gods, 31 : 24 1 32 : 33) king, in tlie dates of 12-52, 54-5S, GO. ‘^Sin-a-bu-shu s. of Nannar-luti, 42 ; 1, 8, 11. ’^Sin-a-Jia-ani-i-din-nam (Sin lias given me a brother) s. of Sin-magir, 62 ; 21. ’^Sin-a-hu-um, Sin- ( = *) 1. s. of Imgurruni, h. of Sin-cribain, *48 : 38. 2. s. of Mar-irsitini, 64 : 23. Sin-be-el-L-li f. of NinlB-gamil, 12 : 28. Sin-e-ri-ba-am, Sin( = "^ye-ri-ba ( = **) 1. s. of Eiilil-nishu, 12 : 5. 2. s. of Inigurrum, b. of Sin-ahum, *48 : 39. 3. s. of Nabi-Enlil, 24 : 33. *4. s. of Nuralum, 5 : 27. 5. f. of Ea-niiibaUit, 51 : 24 | **52 : 34 | **53 ; 35. 6. f. of Idin-Enlil nu-esh. 10 : 40 | 39 : 20 | 49 : 43. ‘ Notice the use of the i to denote the hiatus before a syllable beginning vith i. FROM iHF TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 137 7. f. of Kiibutum lu-SHIM + GAR ‘^En-lU-ld, 52 : 16 , 53 : 2S I 54 : 2S. **S. dtib-sar, S : 33. 9. lul-gal, 44 : 24 (omits -ba-). 10. nu-esh, 43 : 27 ! 44 ; 19. ‘^Sin-eri-fih 1. s. of Aftd, 10 : 45. 2. s. of Hnpntiim. 10 : 42. ’^Sin-ha-zi-ir dim, 6S ; 5. ^ Sin-i-din-m-am 1. s. of Xannar-zimu, 10 : 39. 2. f. of Enlil-hixhag nu-ish, 39 : 5. 3. f. of lUma, 49 : 40. 4. f. of SiUi-Shamash, 62 : IS. 5. nu-esh, 26, III : 2. 6. IS : 16. '^Sin-i-ki-sha-am s. of Xiir-Kabfa, 4.5 : 19. ^Sin-im-gur-ra-an-ni, ^Shi-im-giir-an-ni (= *), Sin- (= **) 1. s. of .46am, 52 : IS 1 **53 : 33 | .54 : 33. 2. lit-SHlM + GAR, s. of Ln-Enlilla. **4S : 37. 3. dnb-sar, 11 : 2S | *42 : 19. Sin-hhmenni 1. s. of Ea-n/jsir, 66 : 17. 2. s. of Enlil-?nanxi, b. of Ina-Ekur-rabi, u. of Igi- xhag, 43 : 17. 3. s. of iVarnzunu, b. of Kinnbulum , Xunan-lisi and Kiru-gnmil, 14 : 2, S, 11 (omits a), 16. ^Sin-i-iu-rn-fun s. of Dingir-xukknl, b. of Adda-dugga, 59 : 3, 5. ‘^Sin-U-di-ish 1. s. of Azng-X inlB, 12 : 7. *2. s. of Imgua, 9 : 16. *3. .s. of I{niin)-Xannnr and Shalurtum , 5 : 1, S, 15. 4. f. of Ihi-Enlil, .32 : 26 ' .33 : 17 ! .34 : 17. 5. f. of Ibku-irsitim, 15 : 4. 0. f. of Marut-Ishlar, 57 : 42. ^Sin-li-ra-am f. of Ibi-Xinxhah, 48 : 34. Sin-rna-gir 1. s. of Arnd-Xannnr, 64 : 22. 2. f. of Ibi-Enlil, 2S : 33. .3. f. of Ihkushn, .35 : 17. 4. f. of Idin-Ixhtar, .32 : 28. 5. f. of Sin-nhnm-idinnam, 62 : 21. 6. ['^Sin-ma-g]ir xhutug '^Xi[n-Ul-ld], 47 : 11. 7. 18 : .3, 4. 18 '^S i n-na-ap-she-ra-a rn s. of Erishsumatum, 62 : 13. '^Sin-na-turn f. of Xaramtum, 48 : 2. ^Sin-ni-ia *f. of Shat-Ixhtar, 6 : 26. '^Sin-pi-la-ah 61 : 4, 5. '^Sin-pi- (see '^Sitt-ira-dn) ‘^Sin-ri-mc[-ni] r. of [ ], 47 : IS. ‘^Sin-xui?)-kar{7yri 25 : 11. ‘^Sin-sha-m u-uh s. of Enki-n-nirgal, b. of Ihgutam, 2.3 : .30 [ 62 : 17. ‘^Sin-u'ci-du ‘! {-pi-dim ?, -;n--/a[6]?) *f. of Lu-ShumeDU, 5 : 24. ] s. of Shunuim-lihshi, 26, 14' : 26. Su-hii-nn-lum SAL-ISHIB '^Xin-IB, d. of Xninrnm-shardr, 45 : 6. Si-D-Ixhtar **1. f. of XinlB-gamil, S : 29. 2. f. of Silli-Xinl B, 12 : (i. Si-rX^X in-IB 1. s. of E-Infi, 12 : 4. 2. s. of Silli-Ixhinr, 12 : 6. 3. f. of Enlil-mcdik, 40 : 2.3. *4. duh-xar, 7 : 26. Si-D-'lShnmaxh 1. s. of Sin-idinnam , 62 : IS. 2. f. of Ellumuxlin ami Ili-idinnam , 36 : 7, S, 9, 21. 3. 18 : 6. Sha-E-rnah f. of Libit-Ixhtnr, 37 : 20. Sha-gi-in f. of Ili-turnm. 12 : 31 . t Sha-lu-ur-tum *\v. of l{nim)-Xannar, m. of Sin-lidixh, 5 : 2; w. of I(nim)-Xann(ir, m. (l)y ado]4ioii') of Airirtum. 4 : 4, 9, 14, 17, 21, S. Shu-lu-ru-um *s. of Warnd-Ea, 5 : 26. ^Shamash-a-bi f. of [ ytiiin, 15 : 13. '^Sharnash ^En-Ul (?) f. of Lu-Eshin»eDU, 37 : S. ‘^Shamash-er-ba-nm uku-us)i, s. of B(d>I)ar-galzii , 49 : 17. 138 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS ’^Shamash-ma-y ir s, of Babhar-galzu, 26, U' : 22. Shar-shar-'^Ishhm' hur-giit, 1 1 : 27. f. of Ibku-Ea, 68 : 20. t Sha-at-1 fihtar *tl. of Sinnid, 6 : 26. t Sha -a t-^S hnmn nh w. of Ili-eribnm, 46 : 4, S. She-rum-i~U 1. f. of lU-ippnham , 62 ; 24. 2. IS ; 21. Shesh-kal-ki *f. of , 4 : 31. Shcsh-ki lul-la,' s. of Adda-(hiyyn-li-il)-shi, -lib-Khi ( = *), Shu-mu-lib-shi ( = **) **1. s. of Halm, S : 31. 2. s. of Nnnnar-manfti, 49 : 7, 30, 35, 36, 40. 3. nii-esh, s. of N ini li-meDU , 50 : 14. 4. s. of Vr-Duazayya, 37 : 2, 6, 14. 5. f. of .S'0i-[ ], *26, I\^ : 26. 6. h'l-SHIM + GAR ('Gf /(-///), 44 : 23 | 47 : 13 j **5S : 16. 7 , 50 : 12. Shu-mi-niii-ilinn s. of Nin-Adi, 16 : 13 | 24 : 35. 'l'a-ki(in **r. of ]Viir/id-Ixhlnr, S : 22. Tn-ri-hu-ton 1. s. of A-l}i-ia-luni , 32 : 27. 2. s. of E-hi-ti 12 : 25. 3. f. of Abil-Martii , 48 : 36. 4. f. of Ibkii-Islif(ir, 12 : 26. 5. f. of Liitth/aninr, 52 : 23 | 67 : 18. 6. slave, 23 : 17. 7. tnn, 62 : 25. 8. PA-e(7)-gi-a, 16 : 16 i 24 : 32 j 30 : 2. 9. shutug 30 ; 3. Ta-ab-ba-la-du, Tab- ( = *) 1. .s. of Etel-hi-Shamaxh. 57 : 1, 12, 18. 2. f. of Kishti-XinI B. *65 : 4. T( b-wa-.sh a-ah-sh u iikush Ingal, 23 : 32. V-ba-a-a'‘^ f. of Mannia, 12 : 32. U-ha-a-a-tum- s. of Dnqqum, 23 : 27. U-har-ru-uni, ii-bar-rum ( = *) 1. f. of XinIB-mushtnl, 34 : 19. 2. ukufth, *30 : 12. U -bar-'^Shamai^h IS ; 19. Ud-ul-lu, ud-ul-lu-n' ( = *) f. of Iballid, *52 : 19 ! 53 : 30 | 54 : 30. U-du-du shafug '^Nin-lil-Id, f. of Ishkiu’-RUSHra and Ihgatum, 1). of Ishkur-rahi, u. of Mar-irsithn and Mtdinn- Uum, 10 : 8, 30 | 14 : 27, L.E. ' 30 : 17. t Um-nn-u'a-qnr-nt \v. of Xi}iIB-mnnm, 63 : 3. U-fi-na-wi-ir (he went forth sliining-'*) 17 : 9. Ur-<^Bn-u f. of Au'ilia bur-gul, 10 : 4S. Vr-Dd-azag-gn 1. s. of Xinni-manxi, h. of Enhl-lnxhag. Xnnnnr- nra-nnmgen and Ur-Dl'X.PAen , 26. Ill : 17, 25, 30, 35 I IV : 6, S. 2. f. of Daniiq-ilislin , 11 : 30. *3. f. of Enlil-mansi, 6 : 9. 4. f. of X^inlB-gamil, 30 : 11. 5. f. of Shinmim-Iib.Ati, 37 : 2, 7. 6. h. of Ali-H'oqriim . 5 : 9. 7. 27 : 10. Ur-'^DUX-PA-i-n s. of Xinni-manai, I). of Enlil-liishag, Xannnr-mungen and I'r-Diinzngga, 26. Ill : 18 15' : 12, S. ‘ If read eorreetly, this would prove the value ltd for LUL = zaininern. - Vbariaitnm) with Versrhleifiing of the r Pba'’a(luni)] of. l~-bnr-(ri-)ia', U-ba-ia-lam, P. A. ^ I.r., as new moon; ef. nanira-fil. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 139 (*jf. of Ahiishutiu, 7 : 6, S. I 4 : 22; f. of Ziatum, 15 ; 5; f. of Ziatum and Xabi-Shumash, 7 ; 9. Ur-^^Gii-ld f. of Damkum, 62 : 15, 30. Ur-Kiiigal, Ur-kingal-a ( = *), Ur-kingdl-a ( = **)* 1. f. of Abil-ilishu, **49 : 4. (*)2. dub-sar, **6 : 25 j 23 : 33 (the same person?). 3. *50 : 6. Cr-^ Kd-su-ga nu-csh, s. of Idin-Enlil, 49 : 44. Ur-'^Xa-n u-um f. of Urra-mudi, 13 ; S. Ur-'^Pa-BlL-sag-gd- adopted s. of Xannutum (or Migir-Eitlil'!), 23 : 21. Ur-ra-ba-ni bur-gul, 57 : 27. Ur-raA-din-?ia?n uku-u^h lugal, 62 : 16. ‘^Ur-ra-mu-di s. of Ur-Xanum, 13 : S. Ur-'^Sa-dara-nu72[ ] s. of Ilu[ni], 59 : 17. U t-ta-gdl-lu-he-ti dub-sar, 13 ; 14 I 26, IV ; 2.5 | 49 : .50. U t-ta-gdl-lu-ma-an-si 55 : 9. U t-ta-gal-lu-me-D U f. of Ilushu-bani uu-esh, 39 : 4. 'Warad-Ea *f. of Shalurum, 5 : 26. IT arad-IslUar **s. of Takurn, 8 : 22. II. Names of Persons from A.-bi-e-shu-u’ king, in the dates of 91-97; 91 : 8, 18. A-bil-i-U-shu 75 : 3. A-bil-^Slin king, 72 ; S. A-bi-lu-da-ri lu- , s. of Ilushu-abushu, 126 : 4. ' Written gdlCBr. Q()\)-ukkin. 2 Cf. '^Pa-BIL( = NE)-sag, 22 ; S., and Br. 12747; gish-BIL{XE)-sag, ibid., 26, Xl\ : 20 in Lagash. Warad-^Sin 1. s. of Atd, 32 : 29. 2. f. of Awilia, 57 : 1. 3. f. of Beltani, 31 : 7. 4. f. of Ibgatu/n, 13 : 12. *5. iiu-gish-sar, 8 : 34. lVa-?ri-zu-nu, Wa-ra-az-zu-tui ( = *) nagar, f. of Siti-ishmeani nagar, Kwinbulum, Xurum- lisi and Kiru-gamil, 10 : 27 | *14 : 3 ] 14 : 28. [ 1 "a-ta r-'^Sha m ash s. of Etilil-Ui-li, 57 : 26. f. of Arad-Imin-bi, 65 ; 10. Zi-ia-tuui (*)1. s. of Ur-Enniigi, 15 : 5; s. of Ur-Ennugi, b. of Nabi-Shamash and AJmshuna, 7:8. 2. f. of Enlil-malik 65 ; 7. *3. f. of Enlll-nishu and Betatum, 6 : 5, 7, S. *4. f. of , 4 : 30. [ ]-a-a-ni(?) s. of , 1 : 13. [ . .yhi, 1 : 10. [ ]->m-shi s. of , 1 : 12. .]-turn s. of Shamash-abi, 6 : 13. ] f. of Datna-shetni, 5 : 22. [ ]. . . .-tii-uin f. of , 4 : 32. ?-ga-nu-u[m7] f. of Hupatiiiii, 4 : S. ^-‘1-erish {uru) dumu-mesh — , 43 : 11. THE Texts of the Appendix. A-bi-l ] pn-te-si [ ], 130 : 22. A-bu-iva.-qar 135 : 7. A-di-an-ni-a f. of Sin-rabi, 74 : 16. A -ha-am-nir-shi 80 : 1.5. '^Pa-gish-BIL-sag, Rsn., Tel., 125, I : 15. A temple of Pa- uo BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS ] r. of Macl-iiiitit-Ni)iiii('?), 77 : 11, S. A-hi-id s. f)f Taldhinn, 7i) : 2',). A-hi-lu-in\_ii-ur^ f. of altu-fiaC-) Sipimr^''' , 131 : 5. A-hu-um-ki-nu-um s. of Sin-riineni, 72 : 16, S. A-lin-Jun-wa-qar f. of Warad-Ishtar, 8S : 5. A-hu-shi~na s. of IblqShamash, 88 : 8. Am-mi-di-ta-na king, in the dates of 98; 11KU116. Aiu-ini-za-du-ga king, in the dates of 117-130. A-nu-tuni f. of Etiruiii, 138 : 5. AX-[ ]-ki-e-el[ ] pa-te-si Ki-e-el^^^, 130 : 13. Ar-di-ia s. of Bulu , 116 ; 6. A-wi-H-ia 77 : 15. A-wi-il-'^Sin 1. s. of Ilushu-ibnishu, 91 : 4. 2. murat — , 130 : 1. A - w iiKtsk s. of Siii-iiiiqiinninl, h. of Itih.knr-tiluirruin and Ilushii- ibiii.skii, 109 ; 6, 13. I io bbn r-luqa I -ku only when followed lyv kir, ef. Ibku(-ku)-Sin, s. of Lugal- ‘^Babbar, B. E., Series ^T, 1, .58 : 23, and Ih-kii-'^Sin, s. of Lugal-'^ Babhar, ibid., (iO : 2; Ibiq-Ishtar, s. of Kii-ta-tum , .M . 30 : 29, aiifl I-hi-iq-lshtar inur Kn-la-luin , ease. ^ Instead of I-dishutn tlie taldet gives tlie name Slniiii-nia-^Shamash. E\ iden11y both names are abbre^■iations of Idi-shununa-Shamash .... “I know when Shamash ” 142 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINEiSS DOCUMENTS 1 shkur-shar- rum 1. s. of Sin-im/jurunui, b. of lluskii-ibiusliu and Awil-jShanuish, 123 : 6, 11, 14. 2. pa-te-si [ 130 : 19. 3. 83 : 21. Ish-me-'Hshkur 77 : 17. /- -hShcnimsk f. of tiin-idinnam 74 : 15. t K.al-i-mi.-zu (he liokls(?) her rigid hand) SAL + ISIIIB '^Shainash, d. of Sin-ru’im-Urum, si. of Shama.sh-cribam, Shurrum-lslikur and Shamash-idinnam, 70 : 10, 14. t Ki-ish-tiim qndishtum, d. of Rish-Shamafih, 85 ; 17. Ku-ub-hu-rum s. of Ibni-Shdiuaah 124 : 6. Iju(jal-[gir{‘!)]-ni-mu-un-(jin (he steadied tlie way of the king)' king of UD-[ f\ 130 ; 2. Lu-^Ishkur-ra 127 : 4. I>I«-6it(?)-5M(?) f. of Shamash-baiii, 89 ; 7. Ma-ad-gi-mil-he-cl-ti (many is the benefaction of niy mistress) 81 : 1. Mu-ad-y N iniii s. of Alinm- ; warad N e-ima[-ya[], 77 : 11, S. Ma-ni-um f. of Taribatum, 123 : 8. t Ma-an-na-lum (on unpublished texts also Ma-iiu-tum) (SAL + ISHiB ‘^Shamash, d. of lusi-ilu), 72 : 2. Ma-an-nu-um-ki-ma-^Ishkur s. of Warad-Martu, 77 : 13. ^^Marduk-mu-sha-lim s. of Ibi-Ninsliafi, 88 : 9. ‘^Marduk-uasir s. of Ilii-ra[bi], 85 : 2(). '^Mnrduk-nilshu] s. of Marlu-kur-[ ]; [iw/rojd .l-h(7-'^N[f«], 72 ; S. ard uk-qar-ra-ad s. of Mar-irsitim, 88 : 7. Mur-ir-si-tim , Mar-tr.sih'm ( = *) 1. s. of .Vur-Ishura. *83 : 8. 2. f. of Ibiq-Ishlar, 85 : 24. 3. f. of Marduk-qarrad, 88 : 7. 4. pa-te-si, 89 : 8. Mdr-KShamash s. of Ibiq-Ishkur, 88 : 10. Mar-ta-kur[ ] f. of Murduk-nishu, 72 : S. Mar-1 u-[ ] f. of Warad-Martu, 85 : 23. Ma-shuin 138 : 14. Mi-yir-^En-lil pa-te-si Al-ha-lim^\ 130 : 11. M i(‘?)-lik-'^ Shnmash (perh. Nu-ur-) 72 : 20. t(?) Mu-ul-lu-uk-tiim (gen. Mulluktim, P. N.) 85 : 2. ] s. of Warad-ilisku, 88 ; 4. N ab-she-tne-a^ s. of [ ], S3 : 16, 19. Na-ki-mi-im (gen.; of. Nakimum, P. N .) 81 : 10. t Na-wi-ir-tum 75 : 4. Ni-id-nu-um 72 : IS. Ni-di-it-t[um] s. of Siii-ibiii, 85 : 25. Ni- f. of Sin-mu'! , 110 : 7. iV u-ur-’^Ish-lya-ra 83 : 8. N u-iir-shu-e-li pa-te-si .4- [ 130 : 17. ra-ak-na-na[ f f. of Shat-Aia, 81 : 14. Pir-fiu-um ra-bi-a-nu, 85 : 21. • Cf. Nannar-ara-wungen and gir-yin-na = sha tal-lak-ta-shu sha-qa-at, Del., H.-W., p. 695. ‘ Ahfh = .liV..LV; cl. Nab-she-mc-a at the time of Sin-gamil of Uruk. XAB is identified with Eiilil, but a reading Enlil (or Bit) for NAB is not possible. ® Cf. Paknanum, P. N. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 14 : t Ri-ha-tuni SAL — ISHIB ‘^Shamash, d. of Ibgatum, 73 : 2; Yol. VI, Part 1, 30 : 1, 3, etc. Ri-ish-‘^Marduk 91 : 14. Ri-i.<:h-'^Shamash f. of Kishium 3.7 ; IS. Sn-nl-bi-hi (gen.) }narat — , 13S : 2, .5. Sa-a7--Shamasli, 70 : 27. 2. owner of Iliummati, *80 : 3. Shamash-na-si-ir 1. PA-datn-kar, 91 ; 20. 2. 83 : 22. ‘‘Shnmash-nu-Hi'-mn-tim SO ; 17 Shnr-rum-^Ixhknr s. of Sin-ra' im-Urum, h. of Sin-eril>nm, etc., 70 : 16. t Sha-at-'‘A-a d. of Paknana [ ], 81 : 13. Cf. Za-ni-iq-bt-‘‘Shama.sh, etc., P. N. 144 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS Shesh-ni-pd{d) dub-sar, 70 : 31. Shu-7tii-ir-si-ti>n, -irsitim ( = *) 73 : 4, *L. E. Shum-ma-‘^Shamas}i ( = Idl-ahum) f. of Sin-ludlul, variant of ca-se to 70 : 25. [Shu]-7nu-vm-li-ih-shi, Sliv-mn-li-Hi-shi ( = *) 1. shamju, 120 : 8. 2. *123 : U. E. dub-sar, 116 : 14 [ 124 : 15; d.mnu-gish-did>-ha-a, 126 : 9; Shu-mu-7im-[ ], 120 : 13. Ta(?)-iw-.s/i7/-»it [ ] [pa-te-si 130 : 21. Ta-la-Uu-um f. of AMa 80 : 29. Ta-ri-ba-a-fum (cf. tlie following: nanio) 83 ; 23. Ta-ri-ba-tum, gen. Ta-ri-ba-tim' 1. s. of Manluin, 23 : 8. 2. s. of Shamash-nidti, 73 : 10, L. E. 3. 81 ; 2. Ta-ri-bu-um 77 : 12. Ta-ri-bu-sha s. of Ibni-Shnmash, h. of Iditi-Ea daianum, 119 : 4, L. E. U-5n r-'^Sh a mash s. of Shamnsh-maballit, 70 : 27. Ur-rn-ga-tnil s. of Sin-liram, 73 : 12, L. E. Ur-ra-ia s. of Warad-Kabi, 70 : 28. U-tul-Ishtar dub-sar, 120 : 4; Vol. VI, TUrt 1 , 93 : 4 i 94 : 4 | 95 : 3 | C. T., VI, 35 : 5 | 37 : 2 | VUI, 11 : 4 i 36 : 5. VV arad-'i-li-sh u 1. f. of Nabium-[ ], 88 : 4. 2. f. of Warad-Mnrdnk, 110 : 5. 3. 138 : 17. Warad-Ishlar s. of Ahum-waqnr, 88 : 5, L. E. Warad-Ku-bi f. of Urraia, 70 : 28. Wnrad-'^ Mardak{'l) s. of Warad-ilishu, 110 : 4, L. E. Warad-'^Mar-tu 1. s. of Murtu-{ ], 85 : 23. 2. f. of Mannum-kima-Ishkur, 77 : 14. 3. 47 : 5. 4. S3 : 20, 24. Warad-'^Sin s. of Sin-idmnum. 110 : 10 | 110 : 12 | 124 : 14; Vol. VI, Part 1, 80 : 12 ] 101 : .34; .1/., 74 : 28; C. T., VIII, 2a : 10. Warad-'^[. . ,] s. of Be- , 120 : 8. 7ji-ia-tum f. of Belisiinu, 75 : 0. Zu-fw-lum 85 : 5. Zu-muri'?)-ln-nu[ ] [pa-te-si 130 : 20. [ ]-e-ri-ha[ ], 119 : 12. [ y^Marduk, 123 : 10. [ y^Mnr-tu, 89 : 3 [I-bi'ty^Mar-tu, 123 : 15. [ ]-shn f. of Ibiq-Anmtnitum, 85 : 20. [ ]-‘^Shamash, 89 : 9. Ish erasure. IX. TABLE OF CONTENTS AND DESCRIPTION OF OBJECTS. Abbreviations. B. E. F., Collection acquired and presented, by the Babylonian Exploration Fund of Philadelphia; C. B. 31., Catalogue of the Babylonian Museum of the University of Pennsylvania and Musce hnpcrial Ottoman, prepared by H. V. Hilprecht; Exp., Expedition; H. V. H., Collection presented by Prof. H. V. Hilprecht ; luscr., Inscription; J. D. P., Collection presented by Prof. J. D. Prince of Columbia University, New A'ork; J. S., Joseph Shemtob Collection; Ivh., First Khabaza Collection; l£h^.. Second Khabaza Collection; li-, lines; L. E., Left EJge; Lo. E., Lower Edge; 31. I. O., Babylonian Collection of the Musce Imperial Ottoman, Constan- tinople; Xi., Nippur; O., Obverse; K., Reverse; U. E., Upper Edge; Yo. = Yokha. Names of rulers abbreviated; Ad., Ammi-dit ana] Ae., Abi-eshuJi] Az., Ammi-zaduga] H., Qainmu-rahi] li., Ilima-iluyn] R.-S., Rim-Sin] Sd., Samsu-ditana] Si., Samsu-iluna] W.-S., Warad-Sin. Measurements are given in centimetres, length (height) X width X thickness. Whenever the tablet (or frag- ment) varies in size, the largest measurement is given. 1. Autograph Reproductions. Text. Plate. King. 1 1 W.-S. 2 1 W.-S. .3 1 4 2 R.-S. Prove- Collec- Y'ear. Month. Day. nance, tion. ? ? — Ni. . B.E.F. ? 11 2 Ni. B.E.F. ? (6) (16) Ni. H.V.H. ? 6 — Ni. B.E.F. C.B.M. Description. 11499 Fragment. Lower part of tablet wanting. Unbaked. 5 X 5 X 2.6. Riser. 8 (+ x) (0.) -k (x +) 5 (R.) = 13 (+ x) li. Partly effaced seal impressions. II Exp. 11237 Two pieces of the same size glued together. Some small parts scraped and cliipped off. Un- baked. 5.7 X 4.4 X 2.2. Inscr. 8 (O.) + 5 (R.) + 2 (U. E.) = 15 U. I Exp. 10166 O. damaged. Unbaked. 3.9 X 2.9 X 1.6. Inscr. S (0.) + 2 (R.) = 10 li. Ill Exp. 11152 R. partly destro 3 "ed. Small pieces cliipped off. Unbaked. S.9 X 5.1 X 2.5. Riser. 17 (O.) -k IS (R.) + 1 (U. E.) = 36 li. Seal impressions. I Exp. 19 146 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS Text. Plate. King. Il.-S. R.-S. Year. ? Month. 1 Prove- nance. Ni. Collec- tion. B.E.F. — Ni. B.E.F. — Ni B.E.F. Yo. B.E.F. — Yo. B.E.F. C.B.M. Description. 10882 Effaced and pieces chipped off especially on 0. Unbaked. 10.6 X 0.3 X 2.7. Inscr. 14 (0.) -h 15 (R.) + 1 (U. E.) = 30 li. Seal impressions. I Exp. 9045 Well preserved. Partially baked. Blackish. 8.4 X 5.3 X 3. Inscr. 16 (O.) 4- 16 (R.) = 32 li. Seal impressions. Reported to have come from Yokha. II Exp. 11980 Some few particles of R. chipped off, otherwise well preserved. Baked. Reddish brown. 7.3 X 4.8 X 2.9. Inscr. 15 (0.) + 14 (R.) = 29 li. Seal impressions. II Exp. 9183 Few particles of U. and Lo. Es. chipped off, otherwise well pre- served. Slightly baked. Black- ish. 8.8 X 4.8 X 2.5. Inscr. 15 (O.) + 20 (R.) + 3 (U. E.) = 38 li. Seal impressions. II E.xp. 11640 Well preserved. Baked. Brown. 8.1 X 5.2 X 2.7. Inscr. 12 (O.) + 9 (R.) = 21 li. Not sealed. Case: Fragmentary. 9.3 X 6.5 X 4. Seal impressions. Reported to have come from Nippur. II Exp. 10 5 II 33 10 — Ni B.E.F 3425 Well preserved. Brown. Baked. 10, 35 X 5, 3 X 3. Inscr. 22 (0.) + 26 (R.) + 3 (U. E.) = 51 li. Seal impressions. I Exp. 11 6 II. 35 9 — Ni. M.I.O. 1916 Part of 0. chipped off. Unbaked. 7.7 X 4.7 X 2.5. Inscr. 14 (0.) -h 16 (R.) + 2 tU. E.) = 32 li. Seal impressions. 12a 6 11. 35 11 — Ni. M.I.O. 1994 Grayish brown. Unbaked. Inscr. 19 (0.) + 19 (R.) + 1 (U. E.) = 39 li. Seal impressions. 126 7 11. 35 11 — Case of the preceding, fragment- ary. 13 7 11. 35 11 — Ni. B.E.F. 3384 Several portions of 0. and L^. E. glued on. Unbaked. 3.9 X 2.7 X 1.7. Inscr. 8 (O.) + 2 (Lo. ‘ After tlie capture of Isiii. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 147 Prove- Collec- Text. Plate. King. Year. Month. Day. nance, tion. 14 7 H. 3Sa 11 — Ni. B.E.F. H SSb 12 16 Ni. M.I.O. 16 S H. 39 6 — Ni. (?) B.E.F. 17 S H. ? 11 _ Ni. M.I.O. IS 9 H. 41 7 — Ni. M.I.O. 19 9 H. — 6 14 Ni. B.E.F. 20 10 Si. 1 7 20 Ni. B.E.F. 21 10 Si. 4 6 22 Ni. M.I.O. 22 11 Si. 4 7? Ni. M.I.O. 23 11 Si. 4 10 21 Ni. iM.I.O. C.B.M. Description. E.) -1- 8 (R.) = 18 li. Seal impressions. II Exp. 3426 U. E. broken. Bnnvn. Baked. 7.2 X 4. ,'5 X 2.6. Inscr. 15 (0.) + 17 (R.) 1 3 (U. E.) + 2 (Lo. E.) + 1 (L. E.) = 36 li. Seal impressions. I Exp. 439 Scratched and partly effaced. Unbaked. 5.6 X 3.9 X 2.1. Inscr. 10 (O.) 4- 9 (R.) = 19 li. Seal impressions faint. 3803 Con.siderable portions of R. want- ing. Baked. Light brown and blackish. 7.4 X 5 X 2.7. Inscr. 10 (0.) + 10 (R.) = 20 li. Seal impressions without name. I Exp. 1845 Well preserved. Baked. Yellow- ish lirown and dark brown. 4.4 X 3.3 X 2.15. Inscr. S (0.) + 6 (R.) = 14 li. Seal impres- sions. 1998 Tal)let well preserved. Unbaked. 8.9 X 4.7 X 3. Inscr. 12 (O.) + 14 (R.) = 26 li. Seal im- pressions. Ease: Fragments glued together. 9.2 X 5.95 X 4.2. Inscr. 14 (O.) -b 13 (R.) = 27 li. 11715 U. E. with adjoining part of O. and lower L. E. broken. Un- baked. 4.4 X 3.8 X 1.9. Inscr. 8 (O. and Lo. E.) + 5 (+ x) (R.) = 13 (+ X) li. II Exjl 1 1 596 Partly effaced, small jiieces chipped off. Unbaked. 3.4 X 3 X 1.9. Inscr. 6 (O.) -b 5 (R.) -b 2 (U. E.) = 13 li. H Exp. 1846 Well preserved. Baked. Brovii, 4.8 X 3.4 X 1.9. Inscr. 8 (O.) + 6 (R.) = 14 li. Seal impres- sions with picture. 1918 Lo. E. broken. Tmbaked. Inscr. 10 (O.) -b 8 (R.) = 18 li. Seal impressions. 1917 Lo. E. wanting. Baked. Red- 148 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS Prove- Collec- Text. Plate. King. Year. Month. Day. nance, tion. - 24 12 Si. 4 11 — Ni. B.E.F. 25 14 Si. 4 12 — Ni. M.I.O. 26 13 Si. 6 6 14 Ni. M.I.O. 27 14 Si, 7 12 — Ni. M.I.O. 2S 15 Si. 8 3 — Ni. B.E.F. 29 16 Si. 11 3 — Ni. B.E.F. 30 16 Si. 11 4 — Ni. B.E.F. 31 17 Si. 11 Ni. M.I.O. 32 17 Si. 11 7 17 Ni. B.E.F. C.B.M. Description. dish brovn. Darker spots. 10.4 X 5.9 X 3. Inscr. 18 (0.) -1- 20 (Pi.) = 38 li. Seal impres- sions. 10891 Well pre.served. Baked. Whit- ish yellow. 10.3 X 5.1 X 2.9. Inscr. 17 (0.) -|- 2 (Lo. E.) + 19 (Pi.) + 2 (U. E.) = 40 U. Seal impressions. I Exp. 1842 W'ell preserved. Baked. Brown and blackish. 4.75 X 3.5 X 2.2. Rough script. Inscr. 7 (0.) -h 8 (R.) + 2 (U. E. = 17 li.). Seal impressions without inscription. 45 Fragment. Unbaked. 17 (+ x) X 8.5 X 4.35. Inscr. 36 (-h x) (0. Col. I) 4- 22 (+ x) (0. Col. II) + 36 (4- x) (R. Col. Ill) 4- 31 (+ x) (R. Col. IV). Seal impressions. 1848 Well preserved. Baked. Light brown. 3.5 X 2.7 X 1.6. Inscr. 7 (0.) X 7 (R.) = 14 li. Seal impressions. 11173 U. E. damaged. I'nbaked. 10.4 X 5.5 X 3.1. Inscr. 19 (O.) 4- 18 (R.) = 37 li. Seal impres- sions. I Exp. 10890 Part of Lo. E. wanting. Baked. Whitish j'ellow. 7.4 X 4.7 X 2.6. Inscr. 11 (0.) 4- 10 (R.) = 21 h. Seal impressions. I Exp. 10883 Well preserved. Baked. Red- dish brown. Somewhat irregu- lar shape. 8.8 X 4.9 X 2.5. Inscr. 17 (0.) 4- 12 (R.) = 29 li. Seal impressions. I Exp. 1492 Considerable portions broken. Unbaked. 11 (O.) 4- 15 (R. and U. E.) = 26 li. Seal im- pressions. Case; Broken pieces glued to- gether. 13 (0.) 4- 13 (4-x) (R.) = 26(4- x)li.= C.B.M., Cast 9764. 9182 O. considerably broken. Unbaked. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 149 Prove- Collec- Text. Plate. King. Year. Month. Day. nance, tion. V ■ ^ 33 IS Si. 11 S 9 Ni. B.EF. 34 18 Si. 11 8 21 Ni. B.E.F. 3.1 19 Si. 11 9 5 Ni. B.E.F. 36 19 Si. 11 9 28 Ni. M.I.O. 37 20 Si. 11 11 6 Ni. M.I.O. 38 21 Si. 12 4 6 Ni. B.E.F. C.B.M. Description. 10.5 X 5.6 X 3.2. laser. 22 (O.) + 14 (R.) = 36 li. Seal impressions. II Exp. 7002 Small portions of U. E. chipped off, otherwise well preserved. Slightly baked. Blackish brown. 7.5 X 4.7 X 2.7. Inscr. 13 (O.) + 13 (R.) = 26 li. Seal impressions. II Exp. Case: Broken pieces joined to- gether. 8.4 (-l-x) X 5.7 X 4. Inscr. 15 (O.) -f 11 (K.) = 26 li. Seal impressions. II Exp. 11558 Small pieces chipped off, otherwise well preserved . Slightly baked ? Dark brownish gray. 8.1 X 5.15 X 2.75. Inscr. 14 (O.) + 10 (R.) = 24 li. Seal im- pressions. II Exp. Case of the preceding: Pieces glued together. 9.4 X 6.2 X 4.1. Inscr. 15 (O.) -h 10 (R.) = 15 li. Seal impressions. II Exp. 11660 R. E. damaged, otherwise well pre- served. Slightly baked. Dark brownish gray. 7 X 4.4 X 3.15. Inscr. 14 (O.) + 11 (R.) = 25 li. Seal impressions. II Exp. 11562 Case of the preceding: Pieces joined together. 8.8 X 5.95 X 4.6. Inscr. 13 (O.) + 12 (R.) =■ 25 li. Seal impressions. II Exp. 1999 Small parts of tablet chipped off. Unbaked. Inscr. 14 (O.) + 13 (R.) = 27 li. Seal impressions. Case: Fragments joined together. 1920 Upper part broken. Unbaked. Inscr. (x +) 10 (0.) + 13 (R.) + 1 (+ x) U. E. = 24 (4- X) li. Seal impressions. Case: Fragments, wrongly joined together. 10889 Fragmentary. Unbaked. 8.5 X 5.4 X 2.9. Inscr. 13 (0.) + 1 150 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCU:\IENTS Text. Plate. King. 39 22 Si 4U 23 Si. 41 24 Si. 42 24 Si. 43 25 Si. 44 26 Si. 45 27 Si. Year. Month. Day. Prove- Collec- NANCE. TION. 12 5 15 Ni. B.E.F. 13 1 28 Ni. B.E.F. 13 3 25 Ni. M.I.O. 13 12 — Ni. B.E.F. 13 12 — Ni. B.E.F. 14 11 — Ni. B.E.F. 14 12 — Ni. M.I.O. C.B.M. De.scription. (Lo. E.) + 11 (li.) + 2 (U. E.) = 27 li. Seal impressions. I Exp. 11565 Some parts of O. chipped off, somewhat pressed, otherwise well preserved. Baked. Red- dish brown. 7.4 X 4.6 X 2.6. Riser. 12 (O.) + 13 (R.) + 3 (U. E.) = 28 li. Seal impres- sions. II Exp. Case: Fragments 7.2 X 4.8 X 0.7. Inscr. 11 (O.) + 2 (+ x) (R.) -= 13 (+ X) li. 7018 Some small pieces chipped off, otheriGse well preserved. Slightly baked. Dark brown- ish gray. 11.75 X 0.3 X 3.45. Inscr. 17 (O.) + 18 (R.) = 35 li. Seal impressions. II Exp. 2003 U. and Lo. E. wanting. Unbaked. Inscr. (X +) 15 (O.) + 12 (R.) >= 27 (+ x) li. Seal impres- sions. 6055 Slightly pressed, othem-ise well preserved. Unbaked. 5.9 X 3.95 X 2.4. Inscr. 9 (O.) + 10 (R.) + 3 (U. E.) + 1 (L. E.) = 23 li. Faint seal impressions. I Exp. 7016 I.eft edge of 0. pressed or scratch- ed, otherM-ise well preserved. Slightly baked. Blackish broiMi. 11.55 X 5.9 X 3.8. Inscr. 20 (O.) + 2 (Lo. E.) + 17 (R.) = 39 li. Seal impressions. 11 Exp. 3430 Well preserved. Slightly baked. Blackish gray. 9.35 X 4.8 X 3. Inscr. 12 (O.) -i- 15 (R.) -f- 2 (U. E.) = 29 li. Seal impres- sions. II Exp. 2001 Some small piieces chipped off, otherwise well preserved. Un- baked. Inscr. 13 (O.) -I- 13 (R.) + 2 (U. E.) = 28 li. Seal impressions. Case: Fragmentary. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 151 Text. Plate. King. Year. Month. Day. 46 27 Si. 15 2 1 47 28 Si. 17 11 48 29 Si. 18 4 1 49 30 Si. 19 6 27 31 50 31 Si. 19 9 20 51 31 Si. 20 3 21 52 32 Si. 20 13 18 53 33 Si. 20 13 25 Prove- Collec- NANCE. TION. C.B.M. Ni. M.I.O. 1996? Ni. B.E.F. 9047 Ni. M.I.O. 1919 Ni. M.I.O. 182 (Scheil 183) Description. Single case. Fragments joined together. Unbaked. 7.9 X 4.4 X 2.75. Inscr. 13 (0.) li. Seal impressions. Fragment. Slightly baked, black- ish brovTi. 8.2 X 5.7 X 2.8. Inscr. 14 (O.) + 11 (R.) + 1 (L. E.) = 26 li. Seal impres- sions. Reported to have come from Yokha. II Exp. Two pieces of O. chipped off, otherwise well preser\ed . Baked. Brovii and Idack. 13.5 X 6.3 X 3.3. Inscr. 24 (O.) + 24 (R.) 1 (U. E.) =49 li. Seal impressions. Well preserved. Unbaked. Inscr. 25 (O.) + 3 (Lo. E.) + 25 (R.) + 2 (U. E.) = 551i. Seal impressions. Case of the preceding: Fragment- ary. Inscr. 6 (+ x) (O.) li. Seal impressions all over the case. Ni. M.I.O. 1915 Upper left corner wanting. Baked. Brown. 8.6 X 4.8 X 2.65. Inscr. 11 (O.) + 11 (R.) = 22 li. Seal impressions (in Sippar fashion). Ni. M.I.O. 1847 Somewhat effaced. Unbaked. 5.35 X 3.85 X 1.9. Inscr. 9 (0.) + 1 (Lo. E.) + 7 (R.) = 17 li. Seal impressions with picture. Ni. B.E.F. 1269S Two fragments. The smaller one + 10887 (1269S) unbaked; the other one baked, yellovdsh. (x -f) 11 X 7.7 X 3.45. Inscr. (x +) 15 (O.) + 13 (+ X) (R.) = 28 ( + x) li. II Exp. (12698) and I Exp. (10S87). Ni. B.E.F. 10886 Duplicate of the preceding. Well preserved. Yellowish, red burnt spot on Lo. E. and R. Baked. 10.6 X 6.5 X 3.2. Inscr. 19 (0.) + 20 (R.) + 1 (U. E.) = 40 li. I Exp. 152 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS Phove- Collec- Text. Plate. King. Year. Month. Day. nance. TION. C.B.M. Description. 54 34 Si. — — — Ni. B.E.F. 10892 Duplicate of 52 and 53. WeU pre- V-- 55 35 Si. 21 Ni. M.I.O. 1849 served. Yelloivish. Baked. 11.95 X 6.85 X 3. Inscr. 17 (0.) + 18 (R.) + 2 (U. E.) = 37 H. I Exp. Part of upper right comer -wanting. 56 35 Si. 22 3 1 Ni? M.I.O. 1905(?) Baked. Reddish brown, small black spots. 3.7 X 3.7 X 1.8. Inscr. 7 (0.) + 2 (Lo. E.) + 5 (R.) + 3 (U. E.) = 17 li. No seal impression. Unbaked. Script rather effaced. 57 35 Si. 22 6 16 Ni. M.I.O. 1995 Seal impressions without inscrip- tion. Rather well preserved. Unbaked. 58 36 Si. 23 3 12 Ni. B.E.F. 11.561 Reddish brown. 10.7 X 6.2 X 3.15. Inscr. 19 (0.) + 13 (R.) + 1 (U. E.) = 33 li. Seal im- pressions. L. E. broken. Shghtly baked. 59 37 Si. 26 10 28 Ni. M.I.O. 2004 Dark bro-wnish gray. 9.95 X 5.85 X 3.2. Inscr. 14 (0.) + 13 (R.) + 2 (L. E.) = 27 h. Seal impressions. II Exp. Broken, fragmentary. Unbaked. Inscr. (x +) 11 (0.) + 12 (+x) (E.) = 23 (+ x) li. Seal im- pressions. Case: Fragments put together. Inscr. 10 (O.) li. Seal impres- sions. 60 37 Si. 28 2 Ni. M.I.O. 325 Well preserved. Shghtly baked. Brown and dark brown. 4.1 X 3.1 X 1.95. Inscr. 6 (0.) + 4 (R.) = 10 h. Seal impres- sions. 61 38 Si. 28 12 15 Ni. M.I.O. 1454 Lower part wanting. Unbaked. 5.2 (+ x) X 4 X 2.4. Inscr. 7 (+x) (0.) + (x+)7 (R.) = 14 (+ x) li. Faint seal impres- sions. 62 38 . Si. 1 5 24 Ni. M.I.O. 1997 A few small pieces cliipped off, otherwise well preserved. Baked. Light bro^Ti. 10.6 X 5.6 X 2.75. Inscr. 14 (O.) + 1 (I.o. E.) + 14 (R.) + 1 (U. E.) = 30 h. Seal impressions. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. 15.3 Text. Pi. ate. Kixg. Year. Moxth 63 39 Si. ■? 9 64 39 Si. ? 2 65 39 Si. ? 9 67 Si. 1 6s 40 li. 21 S 69 // 41 II. 1’rove- Collec- D.ay. n.ance. tion. C.B.M. 20? Ni. B.E.F. 11563 20 Xi. .M.I.O. 171 14 Xi. 51.1.0. 1S52 ? Xi. M.I.O. HS3 Xi, 51,1.0. 263 26 Xi II.5MI, 11013 H.E.I’. 60(i2 Xi. H.E.F. 11101 Xi. H.E.F. 11560 H.E.F. 7017 Description. Rather well preserved. Unbaked. 5.25 X 3.8 X 2.1. Inser. 9 (O.) + 7 (H.) - 1 (U. E.) = 17 li. Faint seal impressions. II Exp. Piece ol L. E. broken off, othervrise w< 11 preservetl. Unbaked. 7,3 X 4.8 X 2.85. Inser. 12 (O.) + 13 (R.) + 4 (U. E.) = 29 li. Seal impressions. 55\‘ll preser\’e(l. Haked. Red- dish brown. 2.8 X 2.8 X 1.75. Inser. 5 (().) -|- 2 (Lo. E. ) -!- 5 (R.) + 3 (U. E.) = 15 li. Seal impressions. I']iper ])art wanting. Baked. Light brown, (x -f- ) 6.8 X 5 X 2.85. Inser. (x a-) p) (( ).) + 13 ( + x) (R,l=23(-hx)li. Seal im])ressions. = E.H.5I.,('ast 9787. Pressed and effaced. Slightly baked. Hlaekish. 3.12 X 3 X 1.65. Seal impressions (in Sip- par lashion). Well prespr\'ed. Baked. Brown. 8.2 X 5.1 X 2.8. Inser. 14 (0.1 -7 16 (R.) =30li. Sealimprfi- .sions. Ill Exp. Long ridge to the west ol Shatt en-Xil. Case: Broken jiieees glued to- gether. Hlaekish spots. II Exit Long ridge to the west of Shalt en-Xil. Tablet ol the time ol Sin-ikisham. II Ex]!. Long ridge to the west ol Shaft en-Xil. Tablet of the tinu' of Sin-ikisham. HI Exp. Long ridge to the west of Shaft en-Xil. Cracked, otherwise well pre,ser\ < d. Haked. Light and blackish brown. 8.9 X 4.8 X 2.7. Insei-. 16 (0.1 + 3 (1.0. E.) -p 16 (R.l = 35 li. Case of the preceding tablet: Fragmentary. 6 iliff’erent seal impr/'ssions. Purchased by II Exp. 20 154 BABYLONTAX LEOAT. AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS Tp:xt. Platp:. King. Yeah. Month. Day. 7) 12 II. 17 7 9 ]’lSO\E- CoLLEC- XANCE. TIOX. Kll.2 II. 21 Kli.2 Kli.2 II. .39 -1 21 Kli.2 11. .39 2(t .lii.B. 7(i 13 II. .39 Kli.2 II Si. 7 2 1.3 Kli.= 7.S -II Si. 7 — — H.E.l'. C.B.M. Desckiptiox. 1228 Badly preserved. Lower riglit corner and several other portions wanting. 9.8 X o.O X 2.7. Inscr. 8 (O.) 3 (Lo. E.) + 0 (R.) 3 (U. E.) + 3 (L. E.) = 2f) li. 1.78S Cracked. I.ower right comer wanting. Unbaked. 6.7 X 4.3 X2..5. Inscr. 9 (O.)S- 2 (Lo.E.) + 9 (R.) + 1 (U. E.) = 21 li. Case: Broken pieces. Seal im- pression.s. 791 1 'Uariantsof names on other Manna- 1796 turn tablets. No. 7011 pur- chased l)y II Exp., No. 1796 by I Exp. (for the J.D. Prince Coll.). 1259 Case tablet, unopened. AVell pre- .served. Baked. Reddish browi, some black spots. 5.5 X 4.5 X 2.9. Inscr. S (O.) -f 9(R.) -f 3 (U. E.) -L 5(L.E.) =251i. Seal impres.sions. 1306 AVell preserved. Baked. Reddish liromi. 4.5 X 3.7 X 2. Inscr. 8 (0.) + 2 (I.o. E.) + 7 (R.) + 2 (U. E.) = 19 li. Case: Fragments glued together. Seal impressions. bsdl Well preserved. I'nbaked. 3.05 X 2.9 X l.S. Inscr. 5 (0.) -!- 1 (Lo. E.) -p 4 (R.) = 10 li. Seal impressions. 1303 Small pieces chipped off. Baked. Reddish. 4.8 X 4 X 2.6. Inscr. 13s2 Some pieces clapped off. Baked. Bro\Mi. 6.8 X 4.6 X 2.5. Inscr. 9 (O.) 9 (R.) - 3 (U. E.) = 21 li. Seal impre.^sions. 7010 Faii'ly well preserved. Some par- ticles chipped off. Unbaked. 4.S X 3.9 X 2.2. Inscr. 6 (O.) -i- 5 iR.) ^ 3 (U. E.) 2 (L. E.) = 16 li. Purchased by II Exp. and said to have come from .\bu-Habba. 167 R. almost entirely destroyed. Unbaked. Inscr. 7 (O.) -P 7 (R.l -P 2 (U. E.) = 16 li. II FROM THE TLME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BARYl.ON. 153 Text. Pl.\.te. Ki.xg. Year. Nt 45 Si. N SI 45 Si(?). Si?' s2 45 >i. 10 S3 40 Si. 13 11 S4 47 Si. 15 1 s-j 47 Si. 16 1 86 47 Si. 30 87 47 Si. 34 4 88 48 Si. 38 9 Prove- Follec HO-XTH. D.VY. XANTE. TIOX. 3 22 R.E.F. (6) 14) J.S. 3 Kh 505 1 Kh. 580 Kli.’" 1302 Kli.2 1395 1 Kh.2 44S5 10 J.S. 114 13 Kh. 355 ('.R.M. Descrii’Ttox. 7013 Foriicr of Lo. E. damaged, other- wise well preseiA ed. Raked, of strongly washed clay. Reddish brown. 6 X 3.9 X 2. Inscr. It) (O.) + 9 (R.) = 19 li. Pur- chased by II Exp. and said to have come from El-Birs. Case tablet, j)artially opened. Fnbaked. 4.25 X 3.8 X 2.5. Inscr. 0 (O.) -h 0 (R.) + 2 (F. E.) -I- 1 (L. and U. Es.) = 15 li. Seal imjR-essions. Pieces chijjped and cut off. Por- tions of case preserved. Un- baked. 8.0 X 5.2 X 2.0. Inscr. 15 (O.) + 3 (Lo. E.) + 16 (R.) = 34 li. Some frag- ments of case. Fragmentary, pieces glued to- gether. Portion of case i>re- served. Unbaked. 9.2 X 5.3 X 2.S. Inscr. 13 (O.) + 3 (Lo. E.) + 14 (R.) = 30 li. Seal impressions. Case: Broken pieces. Several pieces chipped off. Slightly leaked. Brown to blackish. 6.2 X 4.6 X 2.4. Inscr. 9 (O.) + 9 (R.) = IS li. Seal impressions. Fragments glued together. Lui- baked. 8.9 X 5 X 2.7. Inscr. 15 (O.) + 2 (Lo. E.) -h 13 (R.) + 3 (U. E. ) = 33 li. Fragmentarj', broken pieces glued together, lower part missing. Slightly baked. Brown -n-ith black spots. 11.8 X 7.7 X 3.1. Inscr. 10 (0.) 4- 6 (R.) = 16 (+ x) li. Seal impressions. LTpper right corner of R. broken. Partially baked. Brown to black. 7.6 X 5 X 2.6. Inscr. 12 (O.) -f 2 (Lo. E.) 4- 4 (R.) + 4 (U. E.) = 22 li. Lower part wanting. 0. consider- ably damaged. Partially baked. O. light brown, R. black. 6 X 156 BABYLONIAN LEGAL AND BUSINESS DOCUMENTS Prove- Collec- Text, Pla'J'e. King. Year. Month. Day. nance. tion. C.B.M. . Descriition. 8U IS Si. ? 12 ;i '»() 48 Si. 27 1 II 91 49 Ae. ? () 92 49 Ae. ? 3 2(i 93 49 Ae. ? 3 9-1 49 Ae. ■? 10 20 95 50 Ae. ? 2 10 OC. .50 Ae. “ 4 6? 4.7 X 2.6. In.-;cr. 6 (- 1 - x) lO.) + 7 (I!.) - 2 (U. E.) = 15 (+ x) li. Seal inipre.ssion.s. Kh.^ 1647 Eragiuentary. Slightly baked. Brown. 6.7 X 5 X 2.4. Inscr. 12 (+ x) (0.) + (x 12 (K.) = 24 (-9 x) li. Kill 1679 L'liper part of O. crumbled, IL covered with white substance. Unbaked. 7.2 X 4.5 X 2.5 In.scr. 10 (O.) A 2 (Lo. E.) - 5 (R.) + 2 (r. E.) = 19 li. Kb. 464 Upper part of 1! . defective. Baked Light brown to blackish. G.() X 4.3 X 2.6. Inscr. 10 (O.) A 3 (Lo. E.) -L 10 (K.) ^ 3 (U. E.l = 26 li. Faint seal impression.s. Kh 566 Upper right corner wanting. Slightly baked. Brown. 9.8 X 5.6 X 2.5. In.scr. 14 (O.) A 14 (R.) = 28 11. Case: Fragments, partiallj- baked together with tablet. Bro'mi to black. Good seal impressions. Kli.- 1550 Fragment. Greater part of R chipped off. Baked. Light bromi, 0. black. 9.4 X 5.1 X 2.3. Inscr. 15 (O.) ^ 14 (R.) = 29 li. Kh.^ 1504 Considerable portion of R., L. E and 0. missing. Slighth baked. Light brotAii to black 7.8 X 4.4 X 2.6. Inscr. 15 (O.) A 7 (R.) = 22 li. Kli.-’ 1187 Part of (). broken off. Baked G. and edges lilackish, R. brown- ish gray with blackish spots. 6.55 X 4 X 2.55. Inscr. 1 1 (O.) A 2 (Lo. E.) A 9 (R.l A 3 (U. E.) = 25 li. Several seal impressions. Published in full in ^'ol. 51, as No. 78. J.S. 150 Considerable portions chipped off. Baked. Blackish broAtm and black. 6.5 X 4.3 X 2.4. Inscr. 6 (O.) A 3 (R.) = 9 h. Faint seal impressions. FROM THE TIME OF THE FIRST DYNASTY OF BABYLON. lo7 Text. I’E-vrE. Kixg. 97 oO Ac. 9> .j() .\d. 99 .51) Ad. lUU .50 Ad. 101 .50 Ad. Prove- Collec- Ye.\h. Month. D.\y. n.cnce. tion. .5 Kli.2 1 7? 5? Kli.= 4 4 1.5 Kli.= 4 7 10 Kli.= Kh.2 C.B..M. De.scription. 1.537 and I.o. E. entirely, 11. aliiio.st cn- tirely broken. Baked. Reddi.sli brown. 11.8 X 6.5 X 4.6. Inser. 16 (O.) 4- 19 (R.) 4- 5 (U. E.) = 40 li. Seal impres- sions. Fragment. Baked. Light brown and Ijlaek. 10.8 X 6.4 X 3. liLscr. 19 (O.) = 19 (4- x) li. Seal iniprcssion. 1284 Well preserved. Sliglitly Ijaked. Brown. 3.7 X 3.7 X 2.2. Inser. .5 (O.) + 2 (Lo. E.) + 3 (R.) = 10 li. Seal impre.ssion. 1680 Fragment. Baked. Lower part ol ]j. E. and adjoining portions In’oken away. 4.2 X 4.5 X 2.2. Inser. 6 (O.) 4- 6 (R.) 4- 2 (Pv.E.) -4 3(L. E.)= 17(-bx)li. 1196 Two pieces of same size glued together. Small pieces chipped off. Baked. Grajish brown. 6.4 X 4.4 X 2.3. Inser. 9 (O.) + 3 (Lo. E.) -H 9 (R.) + 2 (L. E.) = 23 li. Seal impres- 102 .50 .\d. 20? Kh.2 1700 Two pieces glued together. Very slightly baked. Clay lirown. 8.6 X 5.4 X 2.4. Inser. 16 (().) 4- 5 (Lo. E.l -4 14 (R.) 4- 1 (U. E.) = 36 li. 103 51 .\d. 10 10 13? Kh. 50.5 Fragment, lower part of tablet. Baked. Brovm. 4.7 X 7.3 X 3.1. Riser. 7 (0.) + 6 (R.) = 13 li. 104 51 Ad. 10 10 Kh.2 1 1 40 Some small pieces cliijipcd off. Baked. Tdght brown changing into lilaek. 4.4 X 4.3 X 2. Riser. 6 ((4.) 4- 2 (Lo. E.) -4 3 (R.) -4 3 (U. E.) = 14 li. Seal impressions. 105 51 Ad. 13 .5 20 Kli.= 1.513 Considerable portions chipped oft'. Baked. Light brovii changing into reddish brovTi. 13.3 X tb.'s X 3.3. Inser. 23 (O.t 4- 3 (Lo. E.) -4 24 (R.) 4- 2 (U. E.l 4- 2 (L. E.) = 54 li. Seal im- l)re.ssions- 158 BABYLONIAN I.EGAL AND BUSINESS DOCU-MENTS Text. Plate. Ivixg. l()(i .51 Ad. 107 51 Ad. lUS 51 Ad. 100 51 .\d. no 52 Ad. Ill .52 .\d. 112 .52 Ad. 118 52 Ad. Ill .53 Ad. Pho\'e- Collec- YeaK. .Mo.XTH. DaA’. .NA.Vt'E. TIO.X. 14 S — Kh.-- 14 11 20 Kh.- 17 .5 l.S Kli.- 27 13 20 Jvh. (30?) 29 2 2 Kli.2 33 4 ? Kh. 33 13 10 J.S. 34 10 10 Kli.^ 37 10 15 Kh.^ ('.B..M. Desciuptiox. 1('32 Two I'lagiiients glued togetlier. Sliglitly baked. Blackisb brown. 0.7 X 4.7 X 2.2. In.-®»HL’'i^'i5i* '-. h'' ■?■ ’ '■ .i- ■-- QUNEIPORM PL 1 Obverse. 3 Reverse. •I. V \ If ■■ , '-i 'i” K. -■ • 'k. • * ( * Obverse. 8 PI. 4 10 PL 5 '• < / PL 6 Obverse. 16 16 17 Obverse. = \ ■ Iflk. Mtk'.'l PL 9 18 Obverse. Case adds : Reverse. Seal impression. J ^ JM' 78 Obverse. Reverse. PL 10 10 PL 11 22 Obverse. Reverse. Case omits Li. II Seal impression Seal impression I> Jt^ yL on Tablet and Case 23 Obverse. Reverse. PL CN C> U. E. Reverse. FI. 13 PI u 28 Obverse. PL 15 29 PL 16 Obverse. Obverse. Reverse. Lo. E. , ^ igfl u.E( 31 PI. 17 Obverse. Reverse. 33 PL IS Obverse. Reverse. w 1 f./V- ' '’ "M- V A'^ i 1 .;' 'i». \ { is. Obverse. Reverse. Obverse. Reverse. Li. omHted Li. 5: Variants of Case. Li. 9 adds 37 Tablet. Reverse. Case. Obverse, \ I I- .. PL 21 39 PL 22 Obverse. Case. Obverse. Reverse. PI. 23 41 PL 24 Obverse. Reverse. 42 Obverse. Reverse. \ |.rB? ■ ' Lo. E. PI. 25 PL 26 Obverse. PL 27 45 Obverse. Reverse. Variants of Case. L 6 an? 2S °(nn.j 1.// °a??s l-!-^ a??S; 9uy}7iu ie-/: 47 PL 28 Obverse. .■ 55,7 I, " ■'*• ■=’1 • » { •% ■>" V . _ / ■A ' I ■)■ \ Reverse. PL. 29 Co PI. so U. E. Case . Obverse. Reverse. 1 Obverse. Reverse. PI. Obverse. Reverse. PI 33 Obverse. PL :S4 U. E. 55 PL 35 Reverse. Reverse. Pi 86 Obverse. Case of 59. 5 - ' ■ .? “* f, ■ i \ \ I i- 61 PL 38 Obverse. Reverse. Obverse. Reverse. Lo. E. ■■ , k,' « ■ { A \ I t; 63 Reverse. ,i ■•'(i ” I 66 67 t s.. 70 PL 41 Tablet. Variants of Case. Lo.E For no 6 9 .see Pi 92 . Seal impressions on Case. i.U.E. : Picture d ou an^/j.Z. Picture S.Oio. )4 O/ri^ ^o . E * I i ■ r r n ! I 4 Of Oh. Seal impressions on Case: Mt of J?e9. , 7 ^ Li. 19; ..J 77 Obverse. Reverse. Obverse. Obverse. Reverse. TO' "itr" 80 Pi. 45 Obverse. Reverse. Obverse. Reverse. PI. J,6 i? 1 1 1 t i % \ \ jfi . 1 { r ■ r < A u 85 PL 47 88 PI. 48 Obverse. Reverse. 91 PL A9 Obverse. Reverse. t PL 51 109 U. E. /• 1W 114 PL 53 Obverse. Obverse. 115 Reverse. Reverse. l^=S4-> PL 5 A PL 56 Obverse. Pi. 57 PL 58 PL 59 136 Obverse. 137 PI. 60 Obverse. PL I 1. CESSION OF HOUSE PROPERTY AS INDEMNITY FOR A TEMPLE OFFICE AFTER AN APPLICATION TO KING HAMMURABI. WHO TURNS THE CASE OVER TO THE COUNCIL OF NIPPUR PL. II 2. CONSENT OF A COMPLAINANT NOT TO FORCE THE WITNESSES OF THE DEFENDANT TO TAKE AN OATH ON THEIR TESTIMONY, AND RENOUNCEMENT TO HIS CLAIMS AFTER RECEIVING li SHEQEL OF SILVER. I9 th YEAR OF SAMSU-ILUNA. PL. Ill 3, ADOPTION OF TWO PERSONS, ONE OF WHOM HAS THE RIGHTS OF THE ELDER BROTHER. 4th YEAR OF SAMSU-ILUNA. PL. IV 4. DECLARATIONS OF WITNESSES UNDER OATH IN THE TEMPLE OF ENKI AND DAMGALNUNNA. 20th year of SAMSU-ILUNA. PL. V OBVERSE 5 REVERSE 6 5. LEASE OF A FIELD FOR PAYMENT OF ONE-THIRD OF THE CROP. I 3th YEAR OF SAMSU-ILUNA, n. DIVISION OF INHERITANCE. THE SEAL CONTAINS THE NAMES OF ALL FOUR DIVIDING PERSONS. I3th YEAR OF SAMSU-ILUNA. PL VI 7. DIVISION OF INHERITANCE, I 4th YEAR OF SAMSU-ILUNA. 8. SEE PL. VII, PL. VII LEFT EDGE OBVERSE REVERSE PURCHASE OF A PORTION OF A HOUSE BY THE ELDEST FROM A YOUNGER BROTHER. 13th YEAR OF SAMSU-ILUNA, mW PL. VIII 9. CASE OF THE PREVIOUS TABLET (PL. VII). PL. IX 10-11. TABLET WITH CASE, RECORDING THE PURCHASE OF A PORTION OF A HOUSE BY THE ELDEST (SAME AS IN 8 AND 91 FROM YOUNGER BROTHER, 13th YEAR OF SAMSU-ILUNA. PL. X 12-13. TWO TABLETS RECORDING LOANS OF MONEY. 37th YEAR OF AMMI-DITANA. THE DATES MENTION KING DAMQI-ILISHU. THE BABYLONIAN EXPEDITION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA EDITED BY R. V. Rilprccbt, The following volumes have been published or are in press: Series H, Cuneiform Cexts : Vol. I: Old Babylonian Inscriptions, chiefly from Nippur, by II. V. Ililprecht. Part 1, 1803, $5.00 (out of print). Part 2, 1896, sJ.'l.OO. Vol. VI: Babylonian Legal and Business Documents from the Time of the First Dynasty of Babylon. Part 1, chiefly from Sippar, by II. Ranke, 1906, $6.00. Part 2, chiefly from Nippur, by Arno Poebel, 1909, $6.00. Vol. VIII: Legal and Commercial Transactions, dated in the Assyrian, Neo>Baby Ionian and Persian Periods. Part 1, chiefly from Nippur, by A. T. Clay, 1908, $6.00. Vol. IX: Business Documents of MurashO Sons of Nippur, dated in the Reign of Artaxerxes I, by II. V. Ililprecht and A. T. Clay, 1898, $6.00. Vol. X: Business Documents of Murashfl Sons of Nippur, dated in the Reign of Darius II, by A. T. Clay, 1904, $6.00. Vol. XIV: Documents from the Temple Archives of Nippur, dated in the Reigns of Cassite Rulers, with complete dates, by A. T Clay, 1906, $6.00. Vol. XV: Documents from the Temple Archives of Nippur, dated in the Reigns of Cassite Rulers, with incom- plete dates, by A. T. Clay, 1906, $6.00. Vol. XVII: Letters to Cassite Kings from the Temple Archives of Nippur. Part 1, by Hugo Radau, 1908, $6.00. Vol. XIX: Model Texts and Exercises from the Temple School of Nippur. Part 1, i)y H. V. Ililprecht (in press). Vol. XX: Mathematical, Metrological and Chronological Texts from the Temple Library of Nippur. Part 1, by IT. V. Ililprecht, 1906, $5.00. 8cric8 D, Researches and Creatises : Vol. I: The Excavations in Assyria and Babylonia (with 120 illustrations and 2 maps), by II. Y. Ililprecht, Tth edition. 1904, $2.50. Note: Entirely revised German and French editions are in the course of preparation. Tlie first part of the German edition {bis zum Auftreten Be Sarzecs) appeared in December, 1904 (J. C. Iliurichs, Leipzig; A. .1. Holman & Co., Philadelphia, Pa., sole agents for America), Price 4 Mark in paper covers, 5 Mark in cloth. Vol. Ill: Early Babylonian Personal Names from the published Tablets of the so-called Hammurabi Dynasty, by H. Ranke. 1905, $2.00. Vol. IV: A New Boundary Stone of Nebuchadrezzar I from Nippur (with 16 halftone illustrations and 36 drawings), by William J. llinke, 1907, $3..50. (other volumes will be announced later.) All orders for these books to be addressed to THE MUSEUM OF ARCHAEOLOGY, University of Pennsylvania, PHILADELPHIA, PA. SOLE AGENT FOR EUROPE: Rudolf Merkel, Erlangfen, Germany. ///.«« r? ETTY RESEARCH INSTITUTE 3 3125 01470 5293